1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes true
128 \output_changes false
132 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
134 \author 1414654397 "Richard Heck"
135 \author 1556375488 "Stephan Witt"
136 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
325 This, however, is due
326 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
327 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
328 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
329 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
331 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
332 this doesn't work for equations yet.
335 \begin_layout Standard
336 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
344 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
349 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
350 ing sections of this documentation.
353 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
363 of the manuals from inside LyX.
364 Just select the manual you want read from the
371 \begin_layout Section
373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
375 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
384 without resorting to configuration files.
385 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
386 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
387 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
403 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
408 \begin_inset space \space{}
411 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
412 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
422 Reconfiguration of LyX
427 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
430 \begin_layout Section
432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
434 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
441 \begin_layout Standard
442 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
443 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
445 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
446 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
453 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
454 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
459 you can view from the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
481 reconfigure LyX (menu
483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
487 \begin_inset Note Note
490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
491 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
500 More about TeX Code is described in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
511 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
518 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
528 \begin_inset Index idx
531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
532 Reconfiguration of LyX
537 See section 5.1 of the
541 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
544 \begin_layout Chapter
548 \begin_layout Section
549 Basic File Operations
550 \begin_inset Index idx
553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 \begin_layout Standard
567 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
568 in addition to some more advanced operations:
571 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 arg "dialog-show print"
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
839 can identify them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We'll start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_layout Itemize
911 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
961 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
970 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1199 LyX offers also an advanced
1202 \begin_inset space ~
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1211 feature that is described in sec.
1212 \begin_inset space ~
1216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1218 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1227 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1229 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1234 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1241 \begin_layout Section
1243 \begin_inset Index idx
1246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1253 \begin_inset Index idx
1256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1265 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1274 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 or the toolbar button
1286 to undo some mistake.
1287 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1292 or the toolbar button
1299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1306 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1310 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1313 \begin_layout Standard
1314 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1323 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1324 This is a consequence of the 100
1325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1328 step undo limit, above.
1331 \begin_layout Standard
1340 work on almost everything in LyX.
1341 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1345 \begin_layout Section
1347 \begin_inset Index idx
1350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1359 \begin_layout Standard
1360 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1363 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1373 once anywhere in the edit window.
1374 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1378 \begin_layout Enumerate
1383 \begin_layout Itemize
1389 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1392 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1395 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1398 \begin_layout Itemize
1399 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1401 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1408 \begin_layout Enumerate
1409 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1413 \begin_layout Standard
1414 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1415 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1419 \begin_layout Enumerate
1424 \begin_layout Standard
1429 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1434 \begin_layout Section
1436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1438 name "sec:Navigating"
1443 \begin_inset Index idx
1446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1457 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960211
1459 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960212
1462 ways to navigate in documents:
1465 \begin_layout Itemize
1470 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1471 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1474 \begin_layout Itemize
1475 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1480 or by the toolbar button
1483 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1487 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960291
1491 \begin_layout Itemize
1493 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960282
1494 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1496 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1499 and use the same menu to return to them.
1500 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1505 \begin_layout Standard
1507 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961047
1511 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1516 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1517 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1520 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1521 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1522 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1523 your last editing position.
1526 \begin_layout Subsection
1528 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960155
1532 \begin_layout Standard
1534 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960739
1535 was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1543 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1544 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1545 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1546 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1547 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1550 LatexCommand formatted
1551 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1555 ), or notes, or citations (see
1556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1557 LatexCommand formatted
1558 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1563 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1565 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1566 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1567 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1568 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1571 LatexCommand formatted
1572 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1576 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1578 LatexCommand formatted
1579 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1584 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1587 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960743
1588 window shows you the content of the document's table of contents (TOC)
1589 that is described in section
1590 \begin_inset space ~
1594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1596 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1601 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1602 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1603 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1604 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1605 to the document, see section
1606 \begin_inset space ~
1610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1612 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1618 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961073
1622 \begin_layout Standard
1624 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961268
1625 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1626 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1627 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1628 dialog and to modify the citation.
1629 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1635 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961348
1636 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1638 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1639 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1647 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1650 \begin_layout Standard
1652 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961396
1653 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1654 you further to control the display.
1661 option sorts the current list
1662 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961441
1664 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1666 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302961448
1668 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961449
1675 option keeps it in the current view state.
1676 Keeping means that when you have e.
1677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1681 \begin_inset space \space{}
1684 the subsections of section
1685 \begin_inset space ~
1688 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1689 \begin_inset space ~
1692 3, the subsections of section
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1696 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1701 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1702 \begin_inset space ~
1707 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961566
1708 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1718 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1721 \begin_layout Standard
1723 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960914
1725 \begin_inset space \space{}
1729 \begin_inset Graphics
1730 filename ../images/down.png
1732 groupId toolbarbuttons
1737 \begin_inset space ~
1741 \begin_inset space \space{}
1745 \begin_inset Graphics
1746 filename ../images/up.png
1748 groupId toolbarbuttons
1753 \begin_inset space ~
1756 at the bottom of the outline window you can
1757 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961517
1759 \begin_inset space ~
1763 \begin_inset Graphics
1764 filename ../images/reload.png
1769 \begin_inset space ~
1772 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1773 Next to it are buttons that allow you to
1775 change the position of sections in your document.
1777 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960951
1779 \begin_inset space \space{}
1783 \begin_inset Graphics
1784 filename ../images/down.png
1786 groupId toolbarbuttons
1791 \begin_inset space ~
1795 \begin_inset space \space{}
1799 \begin_inset Graphics
1800 filename ../images/up.png
1802 groupId toolbarbuttons
1807 \begin_inset space ~
1810 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1813 So, for example, you can move section
1814 \begin_inset space ~
1818 \begin_inset space ~
1822 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960981
1824 \begin_inset space ~
1830 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1832 \begin_inset Graphics
1833 filename ../images/promote.png
1835 groupId toolbarbuttons
1840 \begin_inset Graphics
1841 filename ../images/demote.png
1843 groupId toolbarbuttons
1848 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960990
1851 or the corresponding key bindings
1859 ) you can change the level of sections.
1860 So you can for example make section
1861 \begin_inset space ~
1865 \begin_inset space ~
1869 \begin_inset space ~
1875 \begin_layout Standard
1877 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960144
1881 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1886 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1887 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1890 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1891 This is useful when you have a large document and navigated or scrolled
1892 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1893 your last editing position.
1898 \begin_layout Section
1899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1901 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1906 \begin_inset Index idx
1909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1916 \begin_inset Index idx
1919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1947 Input / Word Completion
1950 \begin_layout Standard
1951 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1953 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1954 is used to propose completions.
1957 \begin_layout Standard
1958 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1959 there are completions available.
1960 You can then press the
1964 key to use this completion.
1965 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1966 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1967 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1974 \begin_layout Standard
1975 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1977 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1980 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1982 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1985 by deselecting the option
1992 Automatic inline completion
1994 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1995 To accept this proposal, use the
2004 the completions are always shown in a popup.
2005 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
2007 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2013 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
2020 \begin_layout Section
2022 \begin_inset Index idx
2025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2032 \begin_inset Index idx
2035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2064 \begin_inset Index idx
2067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2098 \begin_layout Standard
2099 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
2100 LyX's default is CUA.
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2107 \begin_inset space ~
2115 \begin_inset space ~
2136 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2140 \begin_layout Labeling
2141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2145 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2146 LatexCommand nomenclature
2148 description "Tabulator key"
2154 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2155 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2156 \begin_inset space ~
2160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2162 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2169 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2173 , especially section
2174 \begin_inset space ~
2178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2180 reference "sub:Lists"
2186 If you're still confused, look in the
2193 \begin_layout Labeling
2194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2198 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2199 LatexCommand nomenclature
2201 description "Escape key"
2208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2215 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2216 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2219 \begin_layout Labeling
2220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2226 \begin_inset space ~
2230 \begin_inset space ~
2237 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2238 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2242 \begin_layout Standard
2243 There are three modifier keys:
2246 \begin_layout Labeling
2247 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2265 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2266 LatexCommand nomenclature
2268 description "Control key"
2272 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2273 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2277 \begin_layout Itemize
2286 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2289 \begin_layout Itemize
2298 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2301 \begin_layout Itemize
2310 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2314 \begin_layout Labeling
2315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2333 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2334 LatexCommand nomenclature
2336 description "Shift key"
2340 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2341 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2344 \begin_layout Labeling
2345 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2363 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2364 LatexCommand nomenclature
2366 description "Alt or Meta key"
2370 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2371 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2372 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2378 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2380 menu accelerator keys
2383 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2384 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2388 \begin_layout Standard
2389 For example, the sequence
2390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2396 \begin_inset space ~
2400 \begin_inset space ~
2406 \begin_inset space ~
2414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2433 \begin_inset space ~
2439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2449 \begin_layout Standard
2454 manual lists all other things bound to the
2462 \begin_layout Standard
2463 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2464 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2465 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2466 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2467 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2468 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2469 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2470 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2486 followed by a capital
2493 \begin_layout Standard
2494 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2496 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2501 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2504 as explained in sec.
2505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2511 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2518 \begin_layout Chapter
2520 \begin_inset Index idx
2523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2532 \begin_layout Section
2534 \begin_inset Index idx
2537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2546 \begin_layout Subsection
2550 \begin_layout Standard
2551 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2552 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2553 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2554 numbering schemes, and so on.
2555 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2556 and format the title of your document differently.
2559 \begin_layout Standard
2564 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2565 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2566 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2567 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2568 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2571 \begin_layout Standard
2572 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2573 how to adjust their properties.
2576 \begin_layout Subsection
2578 \begin_inset Index idx
2581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2590 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 You can select a class using the
2600 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2601 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2605 \begin_inset Index idx
2608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2615 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2623 \begin_layout Standard
2624 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2628 \begin_layout Description
2629 Article for basic articles
2632 \begin_layout Description
2633 Report for basic reports
2636 \begin_layout Description
2637 Book for writing a book
2640 \begin_layout Description
2641 Letter for US-style letters
2644 \begin_layout Standard
2645 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2646 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2647 will include many of these.
2648 Here are some of the classes.
2649 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2651 Special Document Classes
2660 \begin_layout Description
2661 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2664 \begin_layout Description
2665 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2669 \begin_layout Description
2670 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2674 \begin_layout Description
2675 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2676 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2677 There are three article layouts available.
2678 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2679 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2680 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2681 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2686 sequential numbering
2687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2690 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2691 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2692 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2693 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2696 \begin_layout Description
2697 Beamer Layout for presentations
2700 \begin_layout Description
2701 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2702 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2706 \begin_layout Description
2707 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2710 \begin_layout Description
2712 \begin_inset space ~
2715 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2718 \begin_layout Description
2719 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2722 \begin_layout Description
2723 Foils Used to make transparencies
2726 \begin_layout Description
2727 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2728 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2732 \begin_layout Description
2733 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2734 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2737 \begin_layout Description
2738 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2741 \begin_layout Description
2742 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2745 \begin_layout Description
2746 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2747 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2748 (Is used by this document.)
2751 \begin_layout Description
2752 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2755 \begin_layout Description
2756 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2759 \begin_layout Description
2764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2771 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2772 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2774 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2777 \begin_layout Description
2778 Slides Used to make transparencies
2781 \begin_layout Description
2783 \begin_inset space ~
2786 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2787 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2790 \begin_layout Description
2791 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2794 \begin_layout Standard
2795 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2797 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2803 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2804 of the document classes.
2807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2811 \begin_layout Standard
2813 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2814 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2815 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2816 You will probably find
2818 that many of the document classes listed under
2820 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2821 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2823 \begin_inset Index idx
2826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2844 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2845 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2846 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2847 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2852 \begin_inset space ~
2861 receive a warning saying that
2862 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2863 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2865 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2866 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2870 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2874 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2877 that something is wrong.
2880 \begin_layout Standard
2882 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2884 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2888 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2889 and some of them, like
2893 , are highly specialized.
2895 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2898 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2899 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2900 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2901 by some document class.
2902 There are just too many of them.
2903 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2906 \begin_layout Standard
2907 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2915 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2916 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2917 document class for a new file.
2918 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2923 Installing new LaTeX files
2924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2931 manual for information on how to install them.
2932 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2938 \begin_layout Standard
2939 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2940 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2942 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2943 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2944 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2946 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2949 \begin_inset space ~
2956 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2959 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2968 \begin_inset Index idx
2971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2980 \begin_layout Standard
2981 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2982 chosen document class.
2983 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2984 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2991 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2995 \begin_inset Index idx
2998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3005 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
3009 \begin_layout Standard
3010 Some modules require LaTeX packages
3011 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
3012 or file format converters
3014 that are not always installed by default.
3015 LyX will warn you if you do not have
3016 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
3018 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
3022 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
3023 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
3026 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
3027 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
3028 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
3029 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
3031 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
3035 If you want to be able to produce
3036 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961839
3039 output, then you need to install the missing
3040 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
3042 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
3045 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
3047 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3051 \begin_inset Index idx
3054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3055 Reconfiguration of LyX
3061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3064 Installing new LaTeX files
3065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3072 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
3075 \begin_layout Standard
3076 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3084 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
3085 LyX will advise you about these things.
3091 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961851
3095 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3097 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961879
3099 \begin_inset Index idx
3102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3104 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961873
3105 Document ! Local Layout
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3117 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302962459
3118 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
3119 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
3120 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
3121 writing a module for this purpose.
3122 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
3123 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
3125 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
3126 What you want is LyX's
3127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3135 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
3141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3146 Each class has a default set of options.
3147 Here's a quick table describing them:
3150 \begin_layout Standard
3151 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3157 \begin_layout Standard
3159 \begin_inset Tabular
3160 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3161 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3163 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3620 \begin_layout Standard
3621 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3627 \begin_layout Standard
3628 You're probably also wondering what
3629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3633 \begin_inset space ~
3637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3641 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3642 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3647 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3652 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3662 headings, there are also
3670 headings, and so on.
3671 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3672 \begin_inset space ~
3676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3678 reference "sub:Headings"
3685 \begin_layout Subsection
3687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3689 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3694 \begin_inset Index idx
3697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3706 \begin_inset Index idx
3709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3718 \begin_layout Standard
3719 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3732 \begin_inset space ~
3737 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3739 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3740 to use for your document.
3741 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3752 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3758 \begin_inset space ~
3763 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3764 You can choose between the following five options:
3767 \begin_layout Labeling
3768 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3773 Use default page style of current class.
3776 \begin_layout Labeling
3777 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3782 No page numbers or headings.
3785 \begin_layout Labeling
3786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3794 \begin_layout Labeling
3795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3800 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3801 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3802 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3805 \begin_layout Labeling
3806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3811 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3817 \begin_inset Index idx
3820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3821 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3827 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3828 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3830 Check the documentation for the
3834 package for more details,
3835 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3844 \begin_layout Standard
3849 of paragraphs is described in section
3850 \begin_inset space ~
3854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3856 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3863 \begin_layout Subsection
3864 Paper Size and Orientation
3865 \begin_inset Index idx
3868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3869 Document ! Paper size
3875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3877 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3884 \begin_layout Standard
3885 You'll find the following options in the menu
3888 \begin_inset space ~
3893 of the dialog of the
3895 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3901 \begin_inset Index idx
3904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3913 \begin_layout Labeling
3914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3918 \begin_inset space ~
3923 What size paper to print on.
3927 \begin_layout Itemize
3933 \begin_layout Itemize
3943 \begin_layout Itemize
3949 \begin_layout Itemize
3955 \begin_layout Itemize
3961 \begin_layout Itemize
3967 \begin_layout Itemize
3973 \begin_layout Labeling
3974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3979 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3990 \begin_layout Labeling
3991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3995 \begin_inset space ~
4000 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
4001 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
4004 \begin_layout Subsection
4006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4013 \begin_inset Index idx
4016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4023 \begin_inset Index idx
4026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 Paper margins are set in the menu
4038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4042 \begin_inset Index idx
4045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4054 \begin_layout Standard
4055 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
4056 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
4057 the paper format and the font size into account.
4060 \begin_layout Subsection
4064 \begin_layout Standard
4065 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
4070 That includes the paragraph environments.
4071 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
4072 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
4073 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
4074 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
4075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4083 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
4085 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
4086 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
4087 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
4090 \begin_layout Section
4091 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4092 \begin_inset Index idx
4095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4096 Paragraph ! Indentation
4104 \begin_layout Subsection
4106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4108 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
4115 \begin_layout Standard
4116 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4117 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4120 \begin_layout Standard
4121 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4122 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4123 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4124 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
4128 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4134 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4135 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
4136 language than English.
4137 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
4140 \begin_layout Standard
4141 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4142 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
4144 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4145 LyX takes care of that.
4146 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4148 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4149 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4150 of a page, and so on.
4154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4155 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4160 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4161 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4165 of these pre-coded spacings.
4166 We'll explain more later.
4169 \begin_layout Subsection
4170 Paragraph Separation
4171 \begin_inset Index idx
4174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4175 Paragraph ! Separation
4183 \begin_layout Standard
4184 To separate paragraphs, select
4195 \begin_inset space ~
4202 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4206 \begin_inset Index idx
4209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4215 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4216 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
4217 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
4220 \begin_layout Standard
4230 \begin_layout Standard
4231 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4232 \begin_inset space ~
4236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4238 reference "cap:Units"
4243 The default length is 30
4244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4250 \begin_layout Subsection
4254 \begin_layout Standard
4255 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4258 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4260 \begin_inset space ~
4265 dialog and toggle the
4268 \begin_inset space ~
4273 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4276 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4280 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4281 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4286 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4287 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4290 \begin_layout Subsection
4292 \begin_inset Index idx
4295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4296 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4304 \begin_layout Standard
4307 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4311 \begin_inset Index idx
4314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4323 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4326 \begin_inset space ~
4335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4336 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4341 \begin_inset Index idx
4344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4345 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4350 installed to use this feature.
4358 \begin_layout Section
4359 Paragraph Environments
4360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4362 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4367 \begin_inset Index idx
4370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4371 Paragraph ! Environments
4377 \begin_inset Index idx
4380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4381 Paragraph environments|(
4389 \begin_layout Subsection
4393 \begin_layout Standard
4394 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4397 \begin_layout Standard
4416 \begin_inset Newline newline
4419 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4420 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4421 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4430 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4433 \begin_layout Standard
4434 A paragraph environment is simply a
4435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4442 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4443 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4444 scheme, labels, and so on.
4445 Additionally, you can
4446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4453 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4454 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4455 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4456 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4457 days of typewriters.
4458 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4460 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4463 \begin_layout Standard
4464 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4465 \begin_inset Graphics
4466 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4472 at the left end of the toolbar.
4473 LyX will change the environment of the
4477 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4478 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4479 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4492 create a new paragraph using the
4496 paragraph environment.
4498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4505 because if you are in one of these environments:
4508 \begin_layout Itemize
4514 \begin_layout Itemize
4520 \begin_layout Itemize
4526 \begin_layout Itemize
4532 \begin_layout Itemize
4538 \begin_layout Itemize
4544 \begin_layout Itemize
4550 \begin_layout Standard
4551 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4555 , rather than resetting it to
4560 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4561 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4562 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4563 \begin_inset space ~
4567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4569 reference "sec:Nesting"
4574 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4579 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4580 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4584 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4590 \begin_layout Subsection
4594 \begin_layout Standard
4595 The default paragraph environment is
4600 It creates a plain paragraph.
4601 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4602 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4603 this manual) are in the
4610 \begin_layout Standard
4611 You can nest a paragraph using the
4615 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4623 \begin_layout Subsection
4625 \begin_inset Index idx
4628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4637 \begin_layout Standard
4638 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4647 for thanks or contact information.
4648 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4649 page along with today's date.
4650 For other types of documents, the title
4651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4658 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4677 Here's how you use them:
4680 \begin_layout Itemize
4681 Put the title of your document in the
4688 \begin_layout Itemize
4689 Put the author name in the
4696 \begin_layout Itemize
4697 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4698 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4704 Note that using this environment is optional.
4705 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4706 If you don't want any date, add the line
4707 \begin_inset Newline newline
4717 \begin_inset Newline newline
4720 to the preamble of your document (menu
4722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4728 \begin_layout Standard
4729 You can use footnotes to insert
4730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4737 or contact information.
4740 \begin_layout Subsection
4742 \begin_inset Index idx
4745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4761 \begin_layout Standard
4762 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4763 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4766 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4768 \begin_inset Index idx
4771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4772 Section headings ! Numbered
4780 \begin_layout Standard
4781 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4785 \begin_layout Enumerate
4791 \begin_layout Enumerate
4797 \begin_layout Enumerate
4803 \begin_layout Enumerate
4809 \begin_layout Enumerate
4815 \begin_layout Enumerate
4821 \begin_layout Enumerate
4827 \begin_layout Standard
4828 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4829 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4830 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4833 \begin_layout Standard
4834 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4835 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4836 You group the book into chapters.
4837 LyX does similar grouping:
4840 \begin_layout Itemize
4845 is divided in either
4856 \begin_layout Itemize
4868 \begin_layout Itemize
4880 \begin_layout Itemize
4892 \begin_layout Itemize
4904 \begin_layout Itemize
4916 \begin_layout Standard
4917 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4925 Not all document types use the
4929 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4934 is the top-level heading.
4942 \begin_layout Standard
4947 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4948 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4950 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4962 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4964 \begin_inset Index idx
4967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4968 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4976 \begin_layout Standard
4977 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4981 \begin_layout Enumerate
4987 \begin_layout Enumerate
4993 \begin_layout Enumerate
4999 \begin_layout Enumerate
5005 \begin_layout Enumerate
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5020 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5021 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
5022 table of contents, see section
5023 \begin_inset space ~
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5036 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5037 Changing the Numbering
5038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5040 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
5047 \begin_layout Standard
5048 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5049 in the Table of Contents.
5050 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5052 Certain classes start with
5066 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5076 This is something you can change.
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5082 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5088 \begin_inset Index idx
5091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5102 \begin_inset space ~
5106 \begin_inset space ~
5111 you'll see two counters.
5116 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
5118 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
5122 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5123 Short Titles of Headings
5124 \begin_inset Index idx
5127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5128 Section headings ! Short titles
5134 \begin_inset Argument
5137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5146 name "sec:Short-Titles"
5153 \begin_layout Standard
5154 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
5155 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
5156 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
5157 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
5160 \begin_layout Standard
5161 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
5162 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
5163 avoiding the problem mentioned.
5164 To specify a short title, use the menu
5166 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5168 \begin_inset space ~
5174 This will insert a box labeled
5175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5190 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
5191 This also works for captions inside floats.
5194 \begin_layout Standard
5195 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
5198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Standard
5203 The following information applies to all section headings:
5206 \begin_layout Itemize
5207 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5210 \begin_layout Itemize
5211 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5214 \begin_layout Itemize
5215 You can only use inline math in these environments.
5218 \begin_layout Itemize
5219 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5222 \begin_layout Subsection
5223 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5226 \begin_layout Standard
5227 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5241 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5242 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5243 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5244 the text they contain.
5245 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5253 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5256 \begin_layout Standard
5257 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5266 when you start a new paragraph.
5267 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5271 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5272 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5273 to change back to the
5277 environment yourself.
5280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5297 \begin_inset Index idx
5300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5309 \begin_layout Standard
5310 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5311 time for the differences.
5320 are identical except for one difference:
5324 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5333 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5336 \begin_layout Standard
5337 Here's an example of the
5350 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5352 See – no indentation!
5356 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5357 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5358 the other paragraph.
5361 \begin_layout Standard
5362 Here's another example, this time in the
5369 \begin_layout Quotation
5375 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5376 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5377 the first line, then
5381 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5385 you were quoting other text.
5388 \begin_layout Quotation
5389 Here's a new paragraph.
5390 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5391 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5394 \begin_layout Standard
5395 As the examples show,
5399 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5400 They should put quotes in the
5405 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5409 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5418 \begin_inset Index idx
5421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5430 \begin_inset Index idx
5433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5449 \begin_layout Standard
5454 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5460 \begin_inset Newline newline
5463 Which I did not rehearse!
5467 It could be much worse.
5468 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5470 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5471 indented a bit more than the first.
5472 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5478 \begin_inset Newline newline
5481 And make things look fine
5482 \begin_inset Newline newline
5488 arg "newline-insert newline"
5494 \begin_layout Standard
5499 does not indent both margins.
5500 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5501 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5508 arg "newline-insert newline"
5514 \begin_layout Subsection
5516 \begin_inset Index idx
5519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5535 \begin_layout Standard
5536 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5546 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5555 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5556 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5557 some general features of all four of them.
5560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5564 \begin_layout Standard
5565 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5567 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5576 reset the environment to
5580 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5581 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5582 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5586 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5589 to break paragraphs.
5592 \begin_layout Standard
5593 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5594 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5596 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5597 you read all of section
5598 \begin_inset space ~
5602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5604 reference "sec:Nesting"
5612 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5618 \begin_inset Index idx
5621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5637 \begin_layout Standard
5638 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5642 paragraph environment.
5643 It has the following properties:
5646 \begin_layout Itemize
5647 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5651 \begin_layout Itemize
5652 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5655 \begin_layout Itemize
5656 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5660 \begin_layout Itemize
5661 The items can have any length.
5662 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5663 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5670 \begin_layout Itemize
5675 environment inside another
5679 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5683 \begin_layout Itemize
5684 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5687 \begin_layout Itemize
5688 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5691 \begin_layout Itemize
5693 \begin_inset space ~
5697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5699 reference "sec:Nesting"
5703 for a full explanation of nesting.
5707 \begin_layout Standard
5708 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5717 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5720 \begin_layout Standard
5721 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5722 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5725 \begin_layout Itemize
5726 The label for the first level
5730 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5734 \begin_layout Itemize
5735 The label for the second level is a dash.
5739 \begin_layout Itemize
5740 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5744 \begin_layout Itemize
5745 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5749 \begin_layout Itemize
5750 Back out to the third level.
5754 \begin_layout Itemize
5755 Back to the second level.
5759 \begin_layout Itemize
5760 Back to the outermost level.
5763 \begin_layout Standard
5764 These are the default labels for an
5769 You can customize these labels in the
5771 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5774 dialog in the submenu
5781 \begin_inset Index idx
5784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5793 \begin_layout Standard
5794 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5795 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5797 \begin_inset space ~
5801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5803 reference "sec:Nesting"
5810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5816 \begin_inset Index idx
5819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5828 name "sec:Enumerate"
5835 \begin_layout Standard
5840 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5841 It has these properties:
5844 \begin_layout Enumerate
5845 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5849 \begin_layout Enumerate
5850 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5854 \begin_layout Enumerate
5855 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5858 \begin_layout Enumerate
5863 environment resets the counter to one.
5866 \begin_layout Enumerate
5879 \begin_layout Enumerate
5880 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5881 Items can have any length.
5884 \begin_layout Enumerate
5885 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5888 \begin_layout Enumerate
5889 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5892 \begin_layout Enumerate
5893 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5897 \begin_layout Standard
5906 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5907 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5914 \begin_layout Enumerate
5915 The first level of an
5919 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5923 \begin_layout Enumerate
5924 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5928 \begin_layout Enumerate
5929 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5933 \begin_layout Enumerate
5934 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5937 \begin_layout Enumerate
5938 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5943 \begin_layout Enumerate
5944 Back to the third level
5948 \begin_layout Enumerate
5949 Back to the second level.
5953 \begin_layout Enumerate
5954 Back to the outermost level.
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5958 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5963 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5968 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5972 \begin_layout Standard
5973 There is more to nesting
5977 environments than we've stated here.
5978 You should read section
5979 \begin_inset space ~
5983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5985 reference "sec:Nesting"
5989 to learn more about nesting.
5992 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5998 \begin_inset Index idx
6001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6010 \begin_layout Standard
6011 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6015 list has no fixed label.
6016 Instead, LyX uses the first
6017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6024 of the first line as the label.
6028 \begin_layout Description
6029 Example: This is an example of the
6036 \begin_layout Standard
6037 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6041 \begin_layout Standard
6043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6050 it is meant that the first hit of the
6054 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
6056 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
6064 arg "space-insert protected"
6069 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6070 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6072 \begin_inset space ~
6078 \begin_inset space ~
6082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6084 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
6088 for more info.) Here is an example:
6091 \begin_layout Description
6093 \begin_inset space ~
6096 Example: This one shows how to use a
6099 \begin_inset space ~
6111 \begin_layout Description
6112 Usage: You should use the
6116 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6117 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6119 It's not a good idea to use a
6123 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6124 You're better off using
6136 paragraphs into them.
6139 \begin_layout Description
6140 Nesting: You can nest
6144 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6148 \begin_layout Standard
6149 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6150 them from the first line.
6153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6159 \begin_inset Index idx
6162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6171 \begin_layout Standard
6176 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6179 \begin_layout Standard
6180 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6188 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
6193 environment is named
6205 \begin_layout Standard
6214 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6215 There are the following properties of this list environment:
6218 \begin_layout Labeling
6219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6221 \begin_inset space ~
6224 labels LyX uses the first
6225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6232 of each line as the item label.
6237 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6238 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6239 blank as described above.
6242 \begin_layout Labeling
6243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6244 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6245 the body of the item text.
6246 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6247 label width plus a little extra space.
6251 \begin_layout Labeling
6252 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6254 \begin_inset space ~
6257 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6259 If the label width is larger, the label
6260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6267 into the first line.
6268 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6269 margin of the rest of the item text.
6272 \begin_layout Labeling
6273 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6275 \begin_inset space ~
6278 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6283 environment have the same left margin.
6284 \begin_inset Newline newline
6287 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6290 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6292 \begin_inset space ~
6301 \begin_inset space ~
6306 determines the default label width.
6307 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6316 multiple times instead.
6317 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6326 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6329 \begin_inset space ~
6334 every time you alter a label in a
6339 \begin_inset Newline newline
6342 The predefined default width is the length of
6343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6352 \begin_inset Newline newline
6356 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6364 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6365 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6373 \begin_layout Standard
6378 environment the same way like the
6382 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6388 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6392 \begin_layout Standard
6397 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6399 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6401 \begin_inset space ~
6405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6407 reference "sec:Nesting"
6411 to learn about nesting.
6414 \begin_layout Standard
6415 There is yet another feature of the
6419 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6421 You can use additional
6425 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6430 are documented in section
6431 \begin_inset space ~
6435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6437 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6442 Here are some examples:
6443 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6449 \begin_layout Labeling
6450 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6451 Left The default for
6458 \begin_layout Labeling
6459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6460 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6467 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6470 \begin_layout Labeling
6471 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6472 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6483 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6486 \begin_layout Subsection
6488 \begin_inset Index idx
6491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6508 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_layout Standard
6517 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6525 \begin_inset space ~
6531 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6532 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6533 In contrast, you can use the
6540 \begin_inset space ~
6545 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6546 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6550 \begin_layout Standard
6551 Of course, you're not limited to using
6558 \begin_inset space ~
6567 \begin_inset space ~
6572 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6573 some European academic papers.
6576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6580 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6587 \begin_layout Standard
6592 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6593 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6597 \begin_inset space ~
6602 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6603 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6604 Here's an example of each:
6607 \begin_layout Right Address
6609 \begin_inset Newline newline
6613 \begin_inset Newline newline
6617 \begin_inset Newline newline
6620 When is it? What is today?
6623 \begin_layout Standard
6627 \begin_inset space ~
6633 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6634 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6635 Here's an example of the
6642 \begin_layout Address
6644 \begin_inset Newline newline
6647 Where do I send this
6648 \begin_inset Newline newline
6651 Your post office and country
6654 \begin_layout Standard
6655 As you can see, both
6662 \begin_inset space ~
6667 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6672 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6678 This makes sense, since
6686 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6687 Thus, you have to use
6694 arg "newline-insert newline"
6700 \begin_inset space ~
6703 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6705 \begin_inset space ~
6714 menu) to start a new line in an
6721 \begin_inset space ~
6729 \begin_layout Subsection
6733 \begin_layout Standard
6734 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6735 or list of references.
6736 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6743 \begin_inset Index idx
6746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6755 \begin_layout Standard
6760 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6761 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6762 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6763 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6767 in anything else or vice versa.
6773 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6774 The book document classes ignores the
6778 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6782 in a letter document class.
6785 \begin_layout Standard
6790 environment does several things for you.
6791 First, it puts the centered label
6792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6800 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6802 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6803 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6804 the subsequent text.
6805 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6806 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6809 \begin_layout Standard
6810 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6814 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6815 The new paragraph will still be in the
6820 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6821 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6824 \begin_layout Standard
6825 \begin_inset Float figure
6830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6832 \begin_inset Graphics
6833 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6841 \begin_inset Caption
6843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6846 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6867 \begin_layout Standard
6868 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6872 environment, but since this document is in the
6873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6880 class, we can't do this.
6881 We inserted it therefore as figure
6882 \begin_inset space ~
6886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6888 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6893 If you've never heard of an
6894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6901 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6910 \begin_inset Index idx
6913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6922 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6929 \begin_layout Standard
6934 environment is used to list references.
6935 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6936 only use it at the end of the document.
6941 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6945 When you first open a
6949 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6965 depending on the document class.
6966 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6967 Each paragraph of the
6971 environment is a bibliography entry.
6976 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6977 Each new paragraph is still in the
6984 \begin_layout Standard
6985 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6986 by using a BibTeX database.
6987 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6988 phy handling, have a look at in section
6989 \begin_inset space ~
6993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6995 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7002 \begin_layout Subsection
7006 \begin_inset Index idx
7009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7010 Paragraph ! LyX code
7016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7025 \begin_layout Standard
7030 environment is another LyX extension.
7031 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7036 key as a fixed whitespace;
7040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_inset space ~
7057 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7062 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7063 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7066 arg "newline-insert newline"
7083 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7084 So, when you finish using the
7088 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7089 Also, you can nest the
7093 environment inside of others.
7096 \begin_layout Standard
7097 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7104 arg "newline-insert newline"
7107 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7112 \begin_inset space \space{}
7122 arg "newline-insert newline"
7128 \begin_layout Itemize
7132 arg "newline-insert newline"
7143 \begin_layout Itemize
7148 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7155 \begin_layout Itemize
7159 arg "space-insert protected"
7166 \begin_layout Itemize
7167 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7168 You must put at least one
7172 in any line you want blank.
7173 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7176 \begin_layout Itemize
7177 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7181 since that will insert
7186 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7189 arg "self-insert \""
7195 \begin_layout Standard
7199 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7203 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7207 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7211 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7215 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7216 printf("Hello World!
7221 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7225 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7230 This is just the standard
7231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7242 \begin_layout Standard
7247 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7248 rc-files, and so on.
7249 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7250 as if you used a typewriter.
7251 \begin_inset Index idx
7254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 Paragraph environments|)
7263 \begin_layout Section
7264 Nesting Environments
7265 \begin_inset Index idx
7268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7269 Nesting ! Environments
7275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7284 \begin_layout Subsection
7288 \begin_layout Standard
7289 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7291 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7293 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7295 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7307 \begin_layout Enumerate
7311 \begin_layout Enumerate
7316 \begin_layout Enumerate
7320 \begin_layout Enumerate
7325 \begin_layout Enumerate
7329 \begin_layout Standard
7330 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7331 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7334 \begin_inset space ~
7338 \begin_inset space ~
7346 \begin_inset space ~
7350 \begin_inset space ~
7359 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7360 will tell you how far you are nested).
7361 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7364 arg "depth-increment"
7370 arg "depth-decrement"
7373 or the convenient key bindings
7384 arg "depth-increment"
7390 arg "depth-decrement"
7393 to change the nesting level.
7394 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7395 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7399 \begin_layout Standard
7400 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7401 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7402 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7403 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7406 \begin_layout Standard
7407 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7408 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7410 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7413 \begin_layout Subsection
7414 What You Can and Can't Nest
7417 \begin_layout Standard
7418 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7419 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7422 \begin_layout Standard
7423 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7424 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7425 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7428 \begin_layout Itemize
7429 Completely unnestable
7432 \begin_layout Itemize
7433 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7437 \begin_layout Itemize
7438 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7442 \begin_layout Standard
7443 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7444 environments have them:
7447 \begin_layout Description
7448 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7449 Can't nest into them.
7453 \begin_layout Itemize
7459 \begin_layout Itemize
7465 \begin_layout Itemize
7471 \begin_layout Itemize
7477 \begin_layout Itemize
7484 \begin_layout Description
7486 \begin_inset space ~
7489 Nestable You can nest them.
7490 You can nest other things into them.
7494 \begin_layout Itemize
7500 \begin_layout Itemize
7506 \begin_layout Itemize
7512 \begin_layout Itemize
7518 \begin_layout Itemize
7524 \begin_layout Itemize
7530 \begin_layout Itemize
7536 \begin_layout Itemize
7543 \begin_layout Description
7544 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7545 You can't nest anything into them.
7549 \begin_layout Itemize
7555 \begin_layout Itemize
7561 \begin_layout Itemize
7567 \begin_layout Itemize
7573 \begin_layout Itemize
7579 \begin_layout Itemize
7585 \begin_layout Itemize
7591 \begin_layout Itemize
7597 \begin_layout Itemize
7603 \begin_layout Itemize
7609 \begin_layout Itemize
7615 \begin_layout Itemize
7621 \begin_layout Itemize
7627 \begin_layout Itemize
7631 \begin_inset space ~
7637 \begin_layout Itemize
7644 \begin_layout Standard
7645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7653 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7662 \begin_inset space ~
7666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7670 \begin_inset space \space{}
7673 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7674 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7675 section headings violate this.
7683 \begin_layout Subsection
7684 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7685 \begin_inset Index idx
7688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7689 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7697 \begin_layout Standard
7698 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7699 affected by nesting anyhow.
7703 \begin_layout Itemize
7707 \begin_layout Itemize
7711 \begin_layout Itemize
7715 \begin_layout Standard
7717 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7725 Figures and tables in
7729 are not affected by this.
7734 Have a look at section
7735 \begin_inset space ~
7739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7741 reference "sec:Floats"
7745 for more information about
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7753 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7754 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7758 \begin_layout Standard
7759 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7767 of its own, it behaves just like a
7768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7775 paragraph environment.
7776 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7780 \begin_layout Standard
7781 Here's an example with a table:
7784 \begin_layout Enumerate
7789 \begin_layout Enumerate
7790 This is (a) and it's nested.
7794 \begin_layout Standard
7795 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7801 \begin_layout Standard
7803 \begin_inset Tabular
7804 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7805 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7891 \begin_layout Standard
7892 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7899 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7909 \begin_layout Standard
7910 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 \begin_layout Enumerate
7919 This is (a) and it's nested.
7923 \begin_layout Standard
7924 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7930 \begin_layout Standard
7932 \begin_inset Tabular
7933 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7934 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7936 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8020 \begin_layout Standard
8021 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8027 \begin_layout Enumerate
8034 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8037 \begin_layout Enumerate
8041 \begin_layout Standard
8042 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8046 \begin_layout Standard
8047 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8049 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8052 \begin_layout Enumerate
8057 \begin_layout Enumerate
8058 This is (a) and it's nested.
8061 \begin_layout Standard
8062 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8068 \begin_layout Standard
8070 \begin_inset Tabular
8071 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8072 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8073 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8074 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8158 \begin_layout Standard
8159 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8165 \begin_layout Enumerate
8167 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8175 \begin_layout Enumerate
8179 \begin_layout Standard
8180 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8186 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8187 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8191 \begin_layout Subsection
8192 Usage and General Features
8195 \begin_layout Standard
8196 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8205 is the innermost possible depth.
8206 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8209 \begin_layout Enumerate
8210 level #1 – outermost
8214 \begin_layout Enumerate
8219 \begin_layout Enumerate
8224 \begin_layout Enumerate
8229 \begin_layout Itemize
8234 \begin_layout Itemize
8243 \begin_layout Standard
8244 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8245 both of them in the example.
8246 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8256 For example, if we tried to nest another
8261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8268 , we would get errors.
8271 \begin_layout Subsection
8273 \begin_inset Index idx
8276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8285 \begin_layout Standard
8286 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8287 We have several examples of nested environments.
8288 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8292 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8293 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8296 \begin_layout Labeling
8297 \labelwidthstring MMM
8298 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8307 \begin_layout Labeling
8308 \labelwidthstring MMM
8309 #2-a This is level #2.
8310 We created it by using
8313 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8319 arg "depth-increment"
8326 \begin_layout Labeling
8327 \labelwidthstring MMM
8328 #3-a This is level #3.
8329 This time, we just hit
8336 arg "depth-increment"
8340 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8344 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8350 arg "depth-increment"
8357 \begin_layout Standard
8362 environment, nested inside of
8363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8371 So, it's at level #4.
8372 We did this by hitting
8375 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8381 arg "depth-increment"
8384 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8389 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8405 \begin_layout Standard
8410 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8413 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8419 \begin_layout Labeling
8420 \labelwidthstring MMM
8421 #4-a This is level #4.
8425 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8428 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8433 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8437 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8442 keep nesting things inside
8443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8454 \begin_layout Labeling
8455 \labelwidthstring MMM
8456 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8461 \begin_layout Labeling
8462 \labelwidthstring MMM
8463 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8464 and this is level #6.
8465 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8469 \begin_layout Labeling
8470 \labelwidthstring MMM
8471 #5-b Back to level #5.
8475 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8481 arg "depth-decrement"
8488 \begin_layout Labeling
8489 \labelwidthstring MMM
8493 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8499 arg "depth-decrement"
8502 , we're back at level #4.
8506 \begin_layout Labeling
8507 \labelwidthstring MMM
8508 #3-b Back to level #3.
8509 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8513 \begin_layout Labeling
8514 \labelwidthstring MMM
8515 #2-b Back to level #2.
8520 \begin_layout Labeling
8521 \labelwidthstring MMM
8522 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8523 After this sentence, we'll hit
8527 and change the paragraph environment back to
8534 \begin_layout Standard
8535 We could have also used the
8551 environment in place of the
8556 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8559 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8560 Example 2: Inheritance
8563 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8564 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8567 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8576 arg "depth-increment"
8579 , after which, we'll change to the
8587 \begin_layout Enumerate
8592 environment, at level #2.
8595 \begin_layout Enumerate
8596 Notice how the nested
8600 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8604 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8608 \begin_layout Standard
8609 We ended this example by hitting
8614 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8618 and reset the nesting depth by using
8621 arg "depth-decrement"
8627 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8628 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8637 \begin_inset Argument
8640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8641 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8649 \begin_layout Enumerate
8650 This is level #1, in an
8654 paragraph environment.
8655 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8659 \begin_layout Enumerate
8664 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8670 arg "depth-increment"
8674 Now, what happens if we nest an
8678 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8679 label be? An asterisk?
8683 \begin_layout Itemize
8693 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8694 So, its label is a bullet.
8695 (We got here by using
8698 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8704 arg "depth-increment"
8707 , then changing the environment to
8715 \begin_layout Itemize
8716 Here's level #4, produced using
8719 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8725 arg "depth-increment"
8729 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8734 \begin_layout Enumerate
8735 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8737 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8742 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8746 , because we are in the
8755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8774 \begin_layout Enumerate
8779 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8780 type of numbering does LyX use?
8783 \begin_layout Enumerate
8784 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8787 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8790 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8793 \begin_layout Enumerate
8797 arg "depth-decrement"
8800 to decrease the depth after the next
8803 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8810 \begin_layout Enumerate
8812 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8816 \begin_layout Enumerate
8818 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8819 numeral as the label.Why?
8822 \begin_layout Enumerate
8823 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8832 Notice, however, that LyX
8836 reset the counter for the label.
8840 \begin_layout Enumerate
8844 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8850 arg "depth-decrement"
8853 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8854 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8855 into the twofold-nested
8863 \begin_layout Enumerate
8864 The same thing happens if we do another
8867 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8873 arg "depth-decrement"
8876 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8879 \begin_layout Standard
8880 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8885 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8899 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8905 The same rule applies for the
8909 environment, as well.
8912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8913 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8916 \begin_layout Enumerate
8917 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8918 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8919 same detail with how we did it.
8928 \begin_layout Standard
8936 arg "depth-increment"
8943 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8944 example in parentheses someplace.
8945 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8946 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8947 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8951 \begin_layout Enumerate
8956 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8961 Now we'll add verse.
8962 \begin_inset Newline newline
8965 It will get much worse.
8966 \begin_inset Newline newline
8976 arg "depth-increment"
8987 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8988 \begin_inset Newline newline
8991 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8992 \begin_inset Newline newline
8998 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9011 \begin_layout Standard
9012 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9018 \begin_layout Standard
9020 \begin_inset Tabular
9021 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9022 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9113 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9123 arg "depth-increment"
9129 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9139 arg "depth-decrement"
9146 \begin_layout Enumerate
9151 : level #1) This is another item.
9152 Note that selecting a
9156 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9157 3 times to put the table inside the
9165 \begin_layout Quotation
9166 We're now ending the
9170 list and changing to
9175 We're still at level #1.
9176 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9177 The next set of paragraphs is a
9178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9192 \begin_inset space ~
9197 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9201 for the letter body.
9205 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9208 to preserve the depth.
9209 Remember that you need to use
9212 arg "newline-insert newline"
9215 to create multiple lines inside the
9222 \begin_inset space ~
9232 \begin_layout Right Address
9234 \begin_inset Newline newline
9237 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9238 \begin_inset Newline newline
9244 \begin_layout Address
9246 \begin_inset space ~
9252 \begin_layout Quotation
9253 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9257 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9258 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9259 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9260 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9261 as soon as possible.
9262 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9265 \begin_layout Quotation
9266 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9267 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9268 with your order, along with payment.
9271 \begin_layout Quotation
9272 We thank you again for your patience.
9275 \begin_layout Address
9277 \begin_inset Newline newline
9284 \begin_layout Quotation
9285 That ends that example!
9288 \begin_layout Standard
9289 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9290 just a few keystrokes.
9291 We could have easily nested an
9312 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9315 \begin_layout Section
9316 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9317 \begin_inset Index idx
9320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9329 \begin_layout Standard
9330 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9331 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9332 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9333 be broken at the end of a line.
9334 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9338 \begin_layout Subsection
9340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9342 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9347 \begin_inset Index idx
9350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9359 \begin_layout Standard
9360 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9362 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9366 Further documentation is given in section
9367 \begin_inset Newline newline
9371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9373 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9381 \begin_layout Standard
9382 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9397 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9406 A protected space is set with
9408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9409 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9413 \begin_inset space ~
9423 arg "space-insert protected"
9429 \begin_layout Subsection
9431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9433 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9438 \begin_inset Index idx
9441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9442 Spacing ! Horizontal
9450 \begin_layout Standard
9451 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9454 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9458 The length units are listed in Appendix
9459 \begin_inset space ~
9463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9465 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9472 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9476 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9481 \begin_inset Index idx
9484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9493 \begin_layout Standard
9495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9499 \begin_inset space \space{}
9502 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9503 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9504 \begin_inset space ~
9508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9510 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9515 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9516 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9519 arg "space-insert normal"
9525 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9529 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9534 \begin_inset Index idx
9537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9546 \begin_layout Standard
9548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9555 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9564 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9565 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9566 inside abbreviations:
9571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9575 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9578 \begin_layout Standard
9579 or between values and units.
9580 Compare for example this:
9581 \begin_inset Newline newline
9585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9589 \begin_inset Newline newline
9595 \begin_layout Standard
9596 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9599 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9601 \begin_inset space ~
9609 arg "space-insert thin"
9615 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9619 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9626 \begin_layout Standard
9627 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9630 \begin_layout Description
9632 \begin_inset space ~
9636 \begin_inset space ~
9640 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9644 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9648 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9651 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9654 \begin_layout Description
9656 \begin_inset space ~
9660 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9664 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9668 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9672 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9679 em) space between the arrows.
9682 \begin_layout Description
9684 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9692 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9696 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9700 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9704 \begin_inset space ~
9708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9711 em) space between the arrows.
9714 \begin_layout Description
9716 \begin_inset space ~
9720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9724 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9728 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9732 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9736 \begin_inset space ~
9740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9743 em) space between the arrows.
9746 \begin_layout Description
9748 \begin_inset space ~
9752 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9756 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9761 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9768 cm space between the arrows.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9773 \begin_inset space ~
9777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9779 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9783 lists the different space sizes.
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9787 \begin_inset Float table
9792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9794 \begin_inset Caption
9796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9799 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9803 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9813 \begin_inset Tabular
9814 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9815 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9816 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9817 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9881 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9905 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10040 \begin_inset Index idx
10043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10052 \begin_layout Standard
10053 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10054 in a uniform fashion.
10055 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10056 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10057 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10058 equally between themselves.
10062 \begin_layout Standard
10063 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10066 \begin_layout Quote
10068 This is on the left side
10069 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10072 This is on the right
10075 \begin_layout Quote
10078 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10082 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10088 \begin_layout Quote
10091 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10095 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10099 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10105 \begin_layout Standard
10106 That was an example in the
10112 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10116 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10120 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10123 is one in a standard paragraph.
10124 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10128 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10131 \begin_layout Standard
10132 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10135 \begin_inset space ~
10140 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10143 \begin_layout Standard
10145 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10149 \begin_inset space ~
10155 \begin_layout Standard
10157 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10161 \begin_inset space ~
10167 \begin_layout Standard
10169 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10173 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Standard
10181 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10185 \begin_inset space ~
10191 \begin_layout Standard
10193 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10197 \begin_inset space ~
10203 \begin_layout Standard
10205 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10209 \begin_inset space ~
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10216 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10224 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10228 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10229 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10230 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10234 option in the space dialog.
10242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10244 \begin_inset Index idx
10247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10256 \begin_layout Standard
10257 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10263 \begin_inset space \space{}
10266 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10270 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10273 What is correct English?:
10274 \begin_inset Newline newline
10278 \begin_inset Newline newline
10282 \begin_inset space ~
10285 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10286 \begin_inset Newline newline
10290 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10301 \begin_inset Newline newline
10305 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10316 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10323 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10328 \begin_inset space ~
10332 \begin_inset space ~
10336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10340 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10343 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10347 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10353 \begin_inset space ~
10357 \begin_inset space ~
10361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10364 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10373 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10374 That is why it is named
10375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10383 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10384 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10388 \begin_layout Subsection
10390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10392 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10397 \begin_inset Index idx
10400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10409 \begin_layout Standard
10410 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10413 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10415 \begin_inset space ~
10421 There you find the following sizes:
10424 \begin_layout Standard
10437 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10442 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10444 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10448 \begin_inset Index idx
10451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10452 Document ! Settings
10457 for the paragraph separation.
10458 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10469 \begin_layout Standard
10475 \begin_inset Index idx
10478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10484 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10485 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10487 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10488 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10497 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10506 s are described in section
10507 \begin_inset space ~
10511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10513 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10522 If there are several
10526 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10527 You can therefore use
10531 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10534 \begin_layout Standard
10539 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10540 \begin_inset space ~
10544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10546 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10553 \begin_layout Standard
10554 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10564 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10565 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10577 \begin_layout Subsection
10578 Paragraph Alignment
10581 \begin_layout Standard
10582 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10584 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10588 There are five possibilities:
10591 \begin_layout Itemize
10599 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10605 \begin_layout Itemize
10613 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10619 \begin_layout Itemize
10627 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10633 \begin_layout Itemize
10641 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10647 \begin_layout Itemize
10655 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10661 \begin_layout Standard
10662 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10663 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10664 the left and right margins.
10665 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10668 \begin_layout Standard
10670 This paragraph is right aligned,
10673 \begin_layout Standard
10675 this one is centered,
10678 \begin_layout Standard
10680 this one is left aligned.
10683 \begin_layout Subsection
10685 \begin_inset Index idx
10688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10689 Page breaks ! Forced
10695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10697 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10704 \begin_layout Standard
10705 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10706 can force a page break where you want one.
10707 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10708 Only if you use a lot of
10712 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10715 \begin_layout Standard
10716 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10717 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10721 have to change the page breaking.
10724 \begin_layout Standard
10725 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10727 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10730 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10738 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10741 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10743 \begin_inset space ~
10748 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10750 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10751 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10754 \begin_layout Standard
10755 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10756 at the top of a page.
10757 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10758 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10759 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10760 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10764 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10768 to learn more about
10775 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10779 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10784 \begin_inset Index idx
10787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10788 Page breaks ! Clear
10796 \begin_layout Standard
10797 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10798 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10799 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10800 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10801 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10804 \begin_layout Standard
10805 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10808 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10810 \begin_inset space ~
10816 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10819 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10821 \begin_inset space ~
10825 \begin_inset space ~
10830 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10831 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10834 \begin_layout Subsection
10836 \begin_inset Index idx
10839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10848 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10855 \begin_layout Standard
10856 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10858 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10861 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10863 \begin_inset space ~
10867 \begin_inset space ~
10875 arg "newline-insert newline"
10879 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10882 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10884 \begin_inset space ~
10888 \begin_inset space ~
10893 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10895 This is necessary to avoid
10896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10903 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10906 \begin_layout Standard
10907 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10908 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10909 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10910 set a line break, e.
10911 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10915 \begin_inset space \space{}
10918 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10919 \begin_inset space ~
10923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10925 reference "sec:Quote"
10930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10932 reference "sec:Verse"
10937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10939 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10946 \begin_layout Subsection
10948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10950 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10955 \begin_inset Index idx
10958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10967 \begin_layout Standard
10969 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10980 \begin_layout Standard
10983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10984 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10986 \begin_inset space ~
10991 you can insert horizontal lines.
10992 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10993 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10996 \begin_layout Standard
10998 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11009 \begin_layout Standard
11013 \begin_layout Section
11014 Characters and Symbols
11017 \begin_layout Standard
11018 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11019 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11024 \begin_inset space \space{}
11027 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11035 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11039 for information on how this is done.
11042 \begin_layout Standard
11043 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11048 dialog via the menu
11050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11051 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11057 \begin_layout Standard
11058 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11066 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11067 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11068 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11076 \begin_layout Section
11077 Fonts and Text Styles
11078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11080 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11087 \begin_layout Subsection
11089 \begin_inset Index idx
11092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11101 \begin_layout Standard
11102 There are two types of fonts:
11105 \begin_layout Description
11107 \begin_inset space ~
11111 \begin_inset Index idx
11114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11120 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11125 characters) in the font.
11126 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11127 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11128 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11129 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11130 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11131 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11132 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11133 \begin_inset Newline newline
11136 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11137 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11138 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11139 sizes than at small ones.
11140 \begin_inset Newline newline
11154 \begin_inset space ~
11162 \begin_layout Description
11164 \begin_inset space ~
11168 \begin_inset Index idx
11171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11177 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11178 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11179 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11180 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11181 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11182 picture manipulation program.
11183 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11184 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11185 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11186 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11187 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11189 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11190 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11191 \begin_inset Newline newline
11194 Bitmap fonts are named
11197 \begin_inset space ~
11202 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11205 \begin_layout Standard
11206 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11207 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11208 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11209 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11210 use scalable fonts.
11213 \begin_layout Standard
11214 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11215 its document properties.
11218 \begin_layout Standard
11219 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11220 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11221 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11222 font to emphasize text, you use an
11223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11231 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11232 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11236 \begin_layout Subsection
11238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11240 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11247 \begin_layout Standard
11248 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11249 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11250 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11252 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11253 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11254 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11255 to usual word processors.
11256 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11257 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11258 across different machines.
11259 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11260 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11262 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11264 \begin_inset space ~
11268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11270 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11275 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11276 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11280 \begin_layout Standard
11281 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11282 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11283 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11284 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11285 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11286 that is installed on your system.
11287 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11290 \begin_layout Standard
11291 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11299 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11300 es; so you might have to experiment.
11308 \begin_layout Standard
11309 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11317 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11318 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11326 \begin_layout Subsection
11327 Document Font and Font size
11328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11330 name "sub:Document-Font"
11335 \begin_inset Index idx
11338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11345 \begin_inset Index idx
11348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11357 \begin_layout Standard
11358 You can set the document fonts in the
11360 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11364 \begin_inset Index idx
11367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11368 Document ! Settings
11378 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11379 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11382 \begin_inset space ~
11391 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11392 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11412 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11413 This requires that you use
11419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11458 as output format, i.
11459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11463 \begin_inset space ~
11466 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11467 \begin_inset space ~
11471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11473 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11478 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11480 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11482 \begin_inset space ~
11485 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11486 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11487 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11489 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11492 \begin_layout Standard
11493 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11498 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11503 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11504 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11526 European Computer Modern
11529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11536 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11539 \begin_layout Standard
11548 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11549 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11554 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11557 \begin_inset space ~
11562 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11568 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11569 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11572 \begin_layout Itemize
11581 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11595 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11599 as the default font.
11600 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11601 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11614 One difference is improved kerning for the
11626 \begin_layout Itemize
11635 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11639 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11654 Virtual means that it
11655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11666 -glyphs from other fonts.
11667 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11689 Loading the LaTeX-package
11694 \begin_inset Index idx
11697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11698 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11703 with the document preamble line
11704 \begin_inset Newline newline
11711 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11712 \begin_inset Newline newline
11717 will fix the guillemet problem.
11722 and that accented characters are not
11726 glyph, but build of
11730 characters, the accent and the letter.
11731 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11737 If you search for example for the French word
11738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11745 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11754 and not for the glyph
11755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11759 \begin_inset space ~
11763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11769 \begin_layout Itemize
11770 If you do not like the look of
11778 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11783 \begin_inset space ~
11797 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11798 \begin_inset space ~
11801 serif and typewriter fonts
11805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11806 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11818 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11831 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11845 , but you can also select your own.
11846 \begin_inset Newline newline
11849 The differences between roman,
11852 \begin_inset space ~
11861 fonts are explained in section
11862 \begin_inset space ~
11866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11868 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11873 \begin_inset Newline newline
11880 was originally designed for newspapers.
11881 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11882 into the small newspaper columns.
11887 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11888 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11891 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11904 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11909 depends on the class you are using.
11910 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11913 \begin_layout Standard
11914 Note that the font size is the
11919 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11920 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11921 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11924 \begin_inset space ~
11930 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11931 \begin_inset space ~
11935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11937 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11944 \begin_layout Standard
11949 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11951 \begin_inset space ~
11954 serif or typewriter.
11959 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11969 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11972 \begin_layout Standard
11981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11990 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11996 \begin_inset space ~
12000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12002 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12007 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12008 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12015 \begin_layout Standard
12016 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12018 Use Old Style Figures
12022 Use True Small Caps
12025 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12028 Use Old Style Figures
12030 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12036 \begin_inset space ~
12039 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12042 Use True Small Caps
12044 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12045 of scaled capitals.
12046 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12047 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12050 \begin_layout Standard
12055 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12056 a font to display the script characters.
12060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12061 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12066 So this has no effect for the document language
12082 \begin_layout Standard
12083 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12095 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12099 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12100 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12101 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12103 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12106 dialog, see section
12107 \begin_inset space ~
12111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12113 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12125 \begin_layout Subsection
12126 Using Different Character Styles
12127 \begin_inset Index idx
12130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12137 \begin_inset Index idx
12140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12149 \begin_layout Standard
12150 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12151 certain paragraph environments.
12152 LyX supports two character styles,
12161 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12165 \begin_layout Standard
12170 style, do one of the following:
12173 \begin_layout Itemize
12174 click on the toolbar button
12183 \begin_layout Itemize
12184 use the key binding
12193 \begin_layout Standard
12194 These commands are all toggles.
12199 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12202 \begin_layout Standard
12203 One typically uses the
12207 style for proper names.
12209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12216 is the original author of LyX.
12217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12223 \begin_layout Standard
12224 A more widely used character style is the
12229 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12236 \begin_layout Itemize
12237 clicking on the toolbar button
12246 \begin_layout Itemize
12247 using the keybindings
12256 \begin_layout Standard
12261 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12262 es use a different font.
12265 \begin_layout Standard
12266 We've been using the
12270 style all over the place in this document.
12271 Here's one more example:
12274 \begin_layout Quotation
12277 Don't overuse character styles!
12280 \begin_layout Standard
12281 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12282 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12283 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12284 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12288 \begin_layout Standard
12289 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12297 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12299 \begin_inset space ~
12307 \begin_layout Subsection
12308 Fine-Tuning with the
12313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12315 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12320 \begin_inset Index idx
12323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12332 \begin_layout Standard
12333 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12334 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12335 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12336 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12337 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12338 from ordinary dialog.
12341 \begin_layout Standard
12342 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12343 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12344 \begin_inset Newline newline
12347 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12348 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12351 \begin_layout Standard
12352 To use custom character styles, open the
12354 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12356 \begin_inset space ~
12360 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821857
12361 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
12362 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12366 \change_deleted 5863208 1302821862
12370 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12371 font property which you can choose.
12372 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12375 \begin_inset space ~
12380 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12385 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12386 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12387 environments in a snap.
12390 \begin_layout Standard
12391 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12394 \begin_inset space ~
12406 \begin_layout Labeling
12407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12421 The possible options are:
12425 \begin_layout Labeling
12426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12431 This is the Roman font family.
12432 Normally a serif font.
12433 It's also the default family.
12443 \begin_layout Labeling
12444 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12448 \begin_inset space ~
12455 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12467 \begin_layout Labeling
12468 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12475 This is the Typewriter font family.
12481 arg "font-typewriter"
12490 \begin_layout Labeling
12491 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12496 This corresponds to the print weight.
12501 \begin_layout Labeling
12502 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12507 This is the Medium font series.
12508 It's also the default series.
12511 \begin_layout Labeling
12512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12519 This is the Bold font series.
12532 \begin_layout Labeling
12533 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12538 As the name implies.
12543 \begin_layout Labeling
12544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12549 This is the Upright font shape.
12550 It's also the default shape.
12553 \begin_layout Labeling
12554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12568 s the Italic font shape
12574 \begin_layout Labeling
12575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12582 This is the Slanted font shape
12584 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12587 \begin_layout Labeling
12588 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12592 \begin_inset space ~
12599 This is the Small caps font shape
12606 \begin_layout Labeling
12607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12612 Alters the size of the font.
12613 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12614 nal to the document font size.
12615 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12616 what you want to do.
12621 \begin_layout Labeling
12622 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12643 arg "font-size tiny"
12649 \begin_layout Labeling
12650 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12671 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12677 \begin_layout Labeling
12678 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12699 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12705 \begin_layout Labeling
12706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12727 arg "font-size small"
12733 \begin_layout Labeling
12734 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12748 It's also the default size.
12752 arg "font-size normal"
12758 \begin_layout Labeling
12759 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12780 arg "font-size large"
12786 \begin_layout Labeling
12787 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12808 arg "font-size larger"
12814 \begin_layout Labeling
12815 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12836 arg "font-size largest"
12842 \begin_layout Labeling
12843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12864 arg "font-size huge"
12870 \begin_layout Labeling
12871 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12892 arg "font-size giant"
12896 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821897
12900 \begin_layout Labeling
12901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12903 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821911
12908 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
12909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12928 arg "font-size increase"
12934 \begin_layout Labeling
12935 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12937 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821911
12942 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
12943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12962 arg "font-size decrease"
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12976 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12977 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12978 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12979 — use that instead.
12980 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12983 \begin_layout Labeling
12984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12989 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12994 \begin_layout Labeling
12995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13002 This is text with emphasize on
13005 This might seem like the same as
13009 , but it is actually a bit different.
13015 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13017 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13020 \begin_layout Labeling
13021 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13028 This is text with Underbar on.
13034 arg "font-underline"
13040 \begin_inset Newline newline
13045 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13046 when you couldn't change fonts.
13047 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13048 It's only included in LyX because some people
13052 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13053 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821962
13057 \begin_layout Labeling
13058 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13060 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13064 \begin_inset space ~
13071 This is text with Double underbar on.
13077 arg "font-underunderline"
13081 \begin_inset Newline newline
13084 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13085 about double underbar.
13088 \begin_layout Labeling
13089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13091 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13095 \begin_inset space ~
13102 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13108 arg "font-underwave"
13112 \begin_inset Newline newline
13115 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13116 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13119 \begin_layout Labeling
13120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13122 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13129 This is text with Strikeout on.
13135 arg "font-strikeout"
13138 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13144 \begin_layout Labeling
13145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13152 This is text with Noun on.
13159 , this is a logical attribute.
13160 Normally it's equivalent to
13163 \begin_inset space ~
13172 \begin_layout Labeling
13173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13178 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13179 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13183 \begin_inset space ~
13188 , which is the default
13189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13196 and means normally black, you can choose between
13229 \begin_inset Index idx
13232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13241 \begin_layout Labeling
13242 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13247 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13248 the language of the document.
13249 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13253 \begin_layout Standard
13254 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13255 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13257 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13259 \begin_inset space ~
13264 dialog, the settings are saved.
13265 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13268 arg "textstyle-apply"
13272 The button lets you
13273 \change_deleted 5863208 1302822001
13275 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822005
13277 \change_deleted 5863208 1302822014
13280 your custom character style even when the dialog isn't visible.
13284 \begin_layout Standard
13285 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13292 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13293 (suppose you just set the shape to
13294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13312 \begin_inset space ~
13324 \begin_layout Standard
13325 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13333 \begin_inset space ~
13345 \begin_layout Itemize
13351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13358 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13376 \begin_inset Newline newline
13380 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13394 \begin_inset Note Note
13397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13398 For more on phantoms see section
13399 \begin_inset space ~
13403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13405 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13415 \begin_inset Newline newline
13421 \begin_layout Itemize
13426 fonts use characters with serifs.
13427 These are the small
13428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13435 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13436 The following example will show the difference:
13437 \begin_inset Newline newline
13441 \begin_inset Newline newline
13446 text without serifs
13449 \begin_inset Newline newline
13452 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13453 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13460 \begin_layout Itemize
13466 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13467 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13468 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822046
13472 \begin_layout Standard
13474 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822061
13475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13482 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13483 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13484 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13486 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13487 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13488 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13505 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
13506 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
13507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13514 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
13516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13523 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
13526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13558 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
13560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13567 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
13573 \begin_layout Standard
13574 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13575 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13578 \begin_layout Section
13579 Printing and Previewing
13582 \begin_layout Subsection
13586 \begin_layout Standard
13587 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13588 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13589 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13590 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13591 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13593 Additional Features
13598 \begin_layout Standard
13599 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13600 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13601 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13602 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13603 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13604 This happens in two stages:
13607 \begin_layout Enumerate
13608 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13609 generating a file with the extension,
13610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13624 \begin_layout Enumerate
13625 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13629 file to produce printable output.
13633 \begin_layout Subsection
13634 Output file formats
13635 \begin_inset Index idx
13638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13647 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13654 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13655 Simple text (ASCII)
13656 \begin_inset Index idx
13659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13660 File formats ! ASCII
13668 \begin_layout Standard
13669 This file type has the extension
13670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13682 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13686 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13693 \begin_layout Standard
13694 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13697 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13699 \begin_inset space ~
13706 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13707 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13709 \begin_inset space ~
13713 \begin_inset space ~
13719 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13723 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13725 \begin_inset Index idx
13728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13729 File formats ! LaTeX
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13738 This file type has the extension
13739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13752 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13753 it manually with console commands.
13754 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13755 you view or export your document.
13758 \begin_layout Standard
13759 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13761 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13762 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13781 \begin_inset Index idx
13784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13793 \begin_layout Standard
13794 This file type has the extension
13795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13816 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13817 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13822 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13823 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13824 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13825 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13827 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13830 \begin_layout Standard
13831 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13833 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13834 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13839 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13840 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13842 \begin_inset space ~
13849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13859 The latter option uses the program
13868 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13869 font access (see section
13870 \begin_inset space ~
13874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13876 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13881 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13887 \begin_inset Index idx
13890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13891 File formats ! PostScript
13899 \begin_layout Standard
13900 This file type has the extension
13901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13913 PostScript was developed by the company
13917 as a printer language.
13918 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13920 PostScript can be seen as a
13921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13924 programming language
13925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13928 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13933 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13939 \begin_inset Index idx
13942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13943 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13953 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13956 \begin_layout Standard
13957 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13961 Encapsulated PostScript
13962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13965 (EPS, file extension
13966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13978 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13979 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13984 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13988 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13989 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13990 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13991 EPS to avoid this problem.
13994 \begin_layout Standard
13995 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13997 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13998 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14004 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14006 \begin_inset Index idx
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14016 \begin_inset Index idx
14019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14028 \begin_layout Standard
14029 This file type has the extension
14030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14046 Portable Document Format
14047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14054 was derived from PostScript.
14055 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14064 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14065 looks exactly the same.
14068 \begin_layout Standard
14069 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14073 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14077 (JPG, file extension
14078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14105 Portable Network Graphics
14106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14109 (PNG, file extension
14110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14122 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14123 in the background to one of these formats.
14124 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14125 will slow down your workflow.
14126 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14129 \begin_layout Standard
14130 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14132 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14135 in three different ways:
14138 \begin_layout Description
14139 PDF This uses the program
14143 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14144 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14148 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14149 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14152 \begin_layout Description
14154 \begin_inset space ~
14157 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14161 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14165 \begin_layout Description
14167 \begin_inset space ~
14170 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14174 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14177 \begin_layout Description
14179 \begin_inset space ~
14186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14193 X) This uses the program
14197 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14202 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14203 font access (see section
14204 \begin_inset space ~
14208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14210 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14215 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14218 \begin_layout Description
14220 \begin_inset space ~
14227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14234 X) This uses the program
14238 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14243 is an even newer engine, derived from
14247 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14248 access (see section
14249 \begin_inset space ~
14253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14255 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14260 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14264 \begin_layout Standard
14265 We recommend to use
14268 \begin_inset space ~
14277 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14278 works without problems.
14279 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14280 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14284 \begin_inset space ~
14291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14303 \begin_inset space ~
14310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14319 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14327 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14329 \begin_inset Index idx
14332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14333 FileFormats ! XHTML
14339 \begin_inset Index idx
14342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14351 \begin_layout Standard
14352 This file type has the extension
14353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14365 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14366 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14367 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14368 suitable for the purpose.
14369 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14370 it, but not all do.
14373 \begin_layout Standard
14374 XHTML output remains
14375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14382 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14387 LyX and the World Wide Web
14388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14393 Additional Features
14395 manual, for more information.
14398 \begin_layout Standard
14399 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14401 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14402 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14408 \begin_layout Subsection
14410 \begin_inset Index idx
14413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14422 \begin_layout Standard
14423 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14424 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14430 \change_deleted -712698321 1301225765
14432 \change_inserted -712698321 1301225910
14437 or the toolbar button
14446 A viewing program will pop up showing the output
14447 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226025
14448 in the defined default output format, which is globally set in the preferences
14450 \begin_inset space ~
14454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14456 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14460 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14462 \begin_inset space ~
14466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14468 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14476 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226035
14478 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226047
14479 Further output formats can be selected via
14480 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226049
14485 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14487 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226053
14489 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226055
14495 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226064
14496 you can use the toolbar button
14497 \begin_inset Graphics
14498 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
14500 groupId toolbarbuttons
14507 arg "buffer-view dvi"
14512 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14514 \begin_inset space ~
14520 \begin_inset Graphics
14521 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
14523 groupId toolbarbuttons
14529 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14533 \begin_inset Graphics
14534 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
14536 groupId toolbarbuttons
14543 arg "buffer-view ps"
14547 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226110
14548 or the toolbar button
14549 \begin_inset Graphics
14550 filename ../images/view-others.png
14552 groupId toolbarbuttons
14561 \begin_layout Standard
14562 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14563 viewer window using the menu
14565 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14567 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226188
14572 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14573 Update (Other Formats)
14580 \begin_layout Standard
14581 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14583 To have a real output, export your document.
14586 \begin_layout Subsection
14587 Printing the File from within LyX
14588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14590 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14597 \begin_layout Standard
14598 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14599 it directly from within LyX.
14600 To print a file, select the menu
14602 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14605 or click on the toolbar button
14608 arg "dialog-show print"
14612 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14613 This file is then processed by the program
14617 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14622 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14625 \begin_layout Standard
14626 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14627 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14628 printing one set to print on the other side.
14629 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14630 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14631 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14634 \begin_layout Standard
14635 You can set the parameters in the
14638 \begin_inset space ~
14646 \begin_layout Labeling
14647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14652 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14657 Note that this printer name is for the program
14666 has to be configured for this printer name.
14667 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14668 \begin_inset space ~
14672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14674 reference "sub:Printer"
14683 The printer should understand PostScript.
14686 \begin_layout Labeling
14687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14692 The name of a file to print to.
14693 The output will be a PostScript file.
14694 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14698 \begin_layout Section
14699 A few Words about Typography
14700 \begin_inset Index idx
14703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14712 \begin_layout Subsection
14714 \begin_inset Index idx
14717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14726 \begin_layout Standard
14728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14739 character comes in four lengths: the
14751 , and the minus sign:
14752 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14758 \begin_layout Standard
14759 \begin_inset Tabular
14760 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14761 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14762 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14763 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14764 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14765 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14794 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14834 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14859 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14861 \begin_inset space ~
14864 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14871 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14898 \begin_inset space ~
14901 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14922 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14956 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14962 \begin_layout Standard
14963 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14975 character multiple times in a row.
14976 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14977 the final output, but not in LyX.
14979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14999 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15009 \begin_layout Standard
15010 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15011 math mode and has a length of its own.
15012 Here are some examples of the
15013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15027 \begin_layout Enumerate
15028 line- and page-breaks
15029 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15039 \begin_layout Enumerate
15041 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15051 \begin_layout Enumerate
15052 Oh — there's a dash.
15053 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15063 \begin_layout Enumerate
15064 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15068 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15078 \begin_layout Subsection
15080 \begin_inset Index idx
15083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15090 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15092 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15099 \begin_layout Standard
15100 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15101 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15106 \begin_inset Index idx
15109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15110 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15115 following the rules of the document language
15119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15120 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
15128 \begin_inset space ~
15132 \begin_inset space ~
15139 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15150 \begin_layout Standard
15151 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15156 font and with unusual constructs, like
15157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15165 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15166 This is done with the menu
15168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15169 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15171 \begin_inset space ~
15177 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15178 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15181 \begin_layout Standard
15182 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15183 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15193 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15201 as a hyphenation possibility.
15202 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15203 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15204 as described in section
15205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15208 Prevent Hyphenation
15209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15219 \begin_layout Subsection
15221 \begin_inset Index idx
15224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15233 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15234 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15237 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15244 \begin_layout Standard
15245 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15246 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15247 LaTeX then adds the
15248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15251 appropriate amount of space
15252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15256 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15258 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15261 \begin_layout Standard
15262 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15263 not work in all cases.
15265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15276 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15277 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15280 \begin_layout Standard
15281 Here are some examples of
15285 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15288 \begin_layout Itemize
15293 \begin_layout Itemize
15298 \begin_layout Standard
15299 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15302 \begin_layout Itemize
15304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15308 this is too much space!
15311 \begin_layout Itemize
15316 \begin_layout Standard
15317 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15320 \begin_layout Standard
15321 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15324 \begin_layout Enumerate
15328 \begin_inset space ~
15333 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15334 \begin_inset space ~
15338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15340 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15345 \begin_inset Index idx
15348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15349 Spaces ! inter-word
15357 \begin_layout Enumerate
15361 \begin_inset space ~
15366 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15367 \begin_inset space ~
15371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15373 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15378 \begin_inset Index idx
15381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15390 \begin_layout Enumerate
15394 \begin_inset space ~
15398 \begin_inset space ~
15402 \begin_inset space ~
15409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15411 \begin_inset space ~
15416 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15417 This function is also bound to
15420 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15426 \begin_layout Standard
15427 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15430 \begin_layout Itemize
15432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15436 \begin_inset space \space{}
15439 this is too much space!
15442 \begin_layout Itemize
15443 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15447 \begin_layout Standard
15448 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15449 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15450 will take care of this.
15453 \begin_layout Standard
15454 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15458 \begin_inset space ~
15463 feature described in section
15469 Additional Features
15474 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15476 \begin_inset Index idx
15479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15480 Typography ! Quotes
15486 \begin_inset Index idx
15489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15520 \begin_layout Standard
15521 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15522 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15523 and use a closing quote at the end.
15525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15533 The keyboard character,
15537 , generates this automatically.
15540 \begin_layout Standard
15541 You can change the behavior of the
15545 key using the submenu
15551 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15555 \begin_inset Index idx
15558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15559 Document ! Settings
15567 \begin_layout Standard
15568 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15573 There are six choices:
15576 \begin_layout Labeling
15577 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15589 Use quotes like this
15590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15598 \begin_inset Quotes els
15602 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15608 \begin_layout Labeling
15609 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15612 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15616 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15622 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15626 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15630 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15636 \begin_layout Labeling
15637 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15640 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15644 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15650 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15654 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15658 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15662 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15668 \begin_layout Labeling
15669 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15672 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15676 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15682 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15686 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15690 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15694 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15700 \begin_layout Labeling
15701 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15704 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15708 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15714 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15718 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15722 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15726 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15732 \begin_layout Labeling
15733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15736 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15740 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15746 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15750 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15754 \begin_inset Quotes als
15758 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15764 \begin_layout Standard
15765 These settings affect what character the
15772 \begin_layout Subsection
15774 \begin_inset Index idx
15777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15778 Typography ! Ligatures
15784 \begin_inset Index idx
15787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15818 name "sub:Ligatures"
15825 \begin_layout Standard
15826 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15827 print them as single characters.
15828 These groups are known as
15833 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15835 Here are the standard ligatures:
15838 \begin_layout Itemize
15842 \begin_layout Itemize
15846 \begin_layout Itemize
15850 \begin_layout Itemize
15854 \begin_layout Itemize
15858 \begin_layout Standard
15859 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15862 \begin_layout Standard
15863 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15864 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15872 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15888 To break a ligature, use
15890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15891 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15893 \begin_inset space ~
15900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15911 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15928 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15936 \begin_layout Subsection
15938 \begin_inset Index idx
15941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15950 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15957 \begin_layout Standard
15958 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15959 characters in different sizes and heights.
15960 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15961 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15981 \begin_inset Note Note
15984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15985 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15993 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15994 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15999 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16003 \begin_layout Description
16004 LyX The name of the game, write
16005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16026 \begin_layout Description
16027 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16049 \begin_layout Description
16050 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16072 \begin_layout Description
16073 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16095 \begin_layout Standard
16096 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16101 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16109 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16110 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16111 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16114 : The actual version is
16115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16122 , the previous one was
16123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16133 \begin_layout Standard
16134 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16139 \begin_inset space \space{}
16142 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16144 This will look in LyX like:
16145 \begin_inset Graphics
16146 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16152 \begin_inset Newline newline
16155 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16156 \begin_inset space ~
16160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16162 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16169 \begin_layout Subsection
16171 \begin_inset Index idx
16174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16184 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16185 space between two words.
16186 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16196 for units use the menu
16198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16199 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16201 \begin_inset space ~
16209 arg "space-insert thin"
16215 \begin_layout Standard
16216 Here's an example to show the differences:
16219 \begin_layout Standard
16220 \begin_inset Tabular
16221 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16222 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16223 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16224 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16231 \begin_inset space ~
16235 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16247 space between number and unit
16254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16263 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16275 half space between number and unit
16288 \begin_layout Subsection
16290 \begin_inset Index idx
16293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16294 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16302 \begin_layout Standard
16303 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16305 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16306 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16307 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16308 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16309 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16310 These bits of text became known as
16321 \begin_layout Standard
16322 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16323 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16324 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16325 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16326 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16327 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16328 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16331 \begin_layout Standard
16332 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16333 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16334 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16335 \begin_inset space ~
16339 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16341 key "latexcompanion"
16346 \begin_inset space ~
16350 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16356 ] may have more information.
16357 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16360 \begin_layout Chapter
16361 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16364 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16371 \begin_layout Standard
16372 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16377 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16380 \begin_layout Section
16382 \begin_inset Index idx
16385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16401 \begin_layout Standard
16402 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16405 \begin_layout Description
16407 \begin_inset space ~
16410 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16411 \begin_inset Newline newline
16415 \begin_inset Note Note
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16419 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16427 \begin_layout Description
16428 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16429 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16431 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16432 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16433 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16436 \begin_inset Newline newline
16440 \begin_inset Note Comment
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16444 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16452 \begin_layout Description
16454 \begin_inset space ~
16457 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16458 \begin_inset Newline newline
16462 \begin_inset Newline newline
16466 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16475 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16476 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16477 How this can be done is explained in the
16486 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16492 \begin_inset Newline newline
16496 \begin_inset Newline newline
16499 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16500 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16503 \begin_layout Standard
16504 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16512 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16516 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16519 \begin_layout Section
16521 \begin_inset Index idx
16524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16533 name "sec:Footnotes"
16540 \begin_layout Standard
16541 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16547 or the toolbar button
16550 arg "footnote-insert"
16562 \begin_inset Graphics
16563 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16572 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16601 label, the box will
16605 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16606 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16619 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16635 \begin_layout Standard
16636 Here's an example footnote:
16644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16645 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16653 \begin_layout Standard
16654 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16655 position where the footnote box is placed.
16656 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16657 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16658 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16659 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16660 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16665 ey are described in the
16672 \begin_layout Section
16674 \begin_inset Index idx
16677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16686 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16693 \begin_layout Standard
16694 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16695 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16699 \begin_inset space ~
16704 or the toolbar button
16707 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16733 appearing within your text.
16734 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16743 \begin_layout Standard
16744 At the side is an example marginal note.
16748 \begin_inset Marginal
16751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 This is a marginal note.
16760 \begin_layout Standard
16761 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16762 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16763 pages, right on odd pages.
16766 \begin_layout Section
16767 Graphics and Images
16768 \begin_inset Index idx
16771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 \begin_inset Index idx
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16790 name "sec:Graphics"
16797 \begin_layout Standard
16798 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16799 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16802 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16811 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16814 \begin_layout Standard
16815 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16820 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16821 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16823 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16824 \begin_inset space ~
16828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16830 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16837 \begin_layout Standard
16842 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16843 of the image in the output.
16844 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16848 \begin_inset space ~
16852 \begin_inset space ~
16861 \begin_inset space ~
16865 \begin_inset space ~
16869 \begin_inset space ~
16874 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16875 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16883 \begin_layout Standard
16886 LaTeX and LyX options
16888 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16889 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16893 \begin_inset space ~
16898 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16899 with the image size is printed.
16903 \begin_inset space ~
16907 \begin_inset space ~
16911 \begin_inset space ~
16916 is explained in the
16927 \begin_layout Standard
16928 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16929 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16931 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16935 \begin_layout Standard
16937 \begin_inset Graphics
16938 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16946 \begin_layout Standard
16947 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16948 the image into a float, see section
16949 \begin_inset space ~
16953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16955 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16962 \begin_layout Subsection
16964 \begin_inset Index idx
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16976 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16983 \begin_layout Standard
16984 You can insert images in any known file format.
16985 But as we explained in section
16986 \begin_inset space ~
16990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16992 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16996 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16997 LyX uses therefore the program
17001 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17002 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17003 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17004 \begin_inset space ~
17008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17010 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17017 \begin_layout Standard
17018 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17021 \begin_layout Description
17023 \begin_inset space ~
17026 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17027 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17028 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17032 Graphics Interchange Format
17033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17036 (GIF, file extension
17037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17049 \begin_inset Index idx
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17084 Portable Network Graphics
17085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17088 (PNG, file extension
17089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17101 \begin_inset Index idx
17104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17136 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17140 (JPG, file extension
17141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17165 \begin_inset Index idx
17168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 \begin_layout Description
17201 \begin_inset space ~
17204 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17206 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17207 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17208 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17209 \begin_inset Newline newline
17212 Scalable image formats can be
17213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17216 Scalable Vector Graphics
17217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17220 (SVG, file extension
17221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17233 \begin_inset Index idx
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17268 Encapsulated PostScript
17269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17272 (EPS, file extension
17273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17285 \begin_inset Index idx
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17320 Portable Document Format
17321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17324 (PDF, file extension
17325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17337 \begin_inset Index idx
17340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17348 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17349 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17363 \begin_layout Standard
17364 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17368 \begin_layout Subsection
17369 Grouping of Image Settings
17370 \begin_inset Index idx
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 Images ! Settings grouping
17382 \begin_layout Standard
17383 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17385 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17386 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17388 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17389 need to manually change each of them.
17393 \begin_layout Standard
17394 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17397 \begin_inset space ~
17402 field in the Graphics dialog.
17403 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17404 by checking the name of the desired group.
17407 \begin_layout Section
17409 \begin_inset Index idx
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17428 \begin_layout Standard
17429 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17432 arg "tabular-insert"
17437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17441 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17442 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17443 from the rest of the table.
17444 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17445 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17447 Here's an example table:
17450 \begin_layout Standard
17452 \begin_inset Tabular
17453 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17454 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17458 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 \begin_layout Subsection
17662 \begin_layout Standard
17663 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17664 brings up the table dialog.
17665 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17666 where the cursor is placed currently.
17667 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17668 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17669 done on all of your selection.
17672 \begin_layout Standard
17673 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17676 \begin_inset space ~
17681 helps you in setting table properties.
17682 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17685 \begin_layout Standard
17689 \begin_inset space ~
17694 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17695 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17696 current cell respectively.
17697 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17699 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17700 of text, see section
17701 \begin_inset space ~
17705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17707 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17714 \begin_layout Standard
17715 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17716 using the check box
17725 This will merge the cells to
17729 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17730 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17731 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17732 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17733 in the last row without the upper border:
17736 \begin_layout Standard
17738 \begin_inset Tabular
17739 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17740 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17741 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17742 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17743 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17755 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17764 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 \begin_layout Standard
17876 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17877 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17878 explained in the tables section of the
17881 \begin_inset space ~
17887 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17891 degrees counterclockwise.
17892 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17895 \begin_layout Standard
17896 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 Most DVI-viewers are
17908 able to display rotations.
17916 \begin_layout Standard
17921 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17926 adds lines for all cell borders.
17929 \begin_layout Subsection
17931 \begin_inset Index idx
17934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 Tables ! Longtables
17941 \begin_inset Index idx
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17953 \begin_layout Standard
17954 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17957 \begin_inset space ~
17961 \begin_inset space ~
17970 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17971 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17974 \begin_layout Description
17979 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17980 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17981 except for the first page, if
17984 \begin_inset space ~
17992 \begin_layout Description
17996 \begin_inset space ~
18001 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18002 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18005 \begin_layout Description
18010 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18011 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18012 except for the last page, if
18015 \begin_inset space ~
18023 \begin_layout Description
18027 \begin_inset space ~
18032 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18033 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18036 \begin_layout Description
18037 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18038 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18044 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18047 \begin_inset space ~
18055 \begin_layout Standard
18056 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18057 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18058 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18059 The others will then be defined as
18064 In this context, first means first in this order:
18067 \begin_inset space ~
18079 \begin_inset space ~
18085 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18088 \begin_layout Standard
18090 \begin_inset Tabular
18091 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18092 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18093 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18094 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18095 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18096 <row endfirsthead="true">
18097 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18108 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <row endfirsthead="true">
18128 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <row endhead="true">
18161 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18181 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <row endhead="true">
18192 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18203 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18212 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <row endfoot="true">
18225 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19226 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19235 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19246 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19277 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19339 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19370 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19401 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19432 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19525 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19587 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19649 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19711 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19866 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19928 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19990 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20083 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20145 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20176 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20206 <row endlastfoot="true">
20207 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20218 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20227 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20244 \begin_layout Subsection
20246 \begin_inset Index idx
20249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20258 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20265 \begin_layout Standard
20266 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20267 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20268 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20269 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20273 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20274 for the cell's paragraph.
20277 \begin_layout Standard
20278 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20279 for the column in the table dialog.
20280 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20281 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20287 \begin_inset Tabular
20288 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20289 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20291 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20312 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20381 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20437 This is longer now.
20442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20493 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20494 This is longer now.
20499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20525 \begin_layout Standard
20526 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20527 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20532 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20533 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20539 Selection with the mouse or with
20543 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20544 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20545 the selection from outside the table.
20548 \begin_layout Section
20550 \begin_inset Index idx
20553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20569 \begin_layout Standard
20570 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20571 have a fixed location.
20573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20580 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20588 \begin_inset space ~
20593 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20594 too many notes on the page.
20597 \begin_layout Standard
20598 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20599 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20600 and pages without text.
20601 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20602 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20603 Floats are therefore numbered.
20604 Referencing is described in section
20605 \begin_inset space ~
20609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20611 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20618 \begin_layout Standard
20619 To insert a float, use the menu
20621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20625 A box with a caption that has e.
20626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20630 \begin_inset space \space{}
20634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20638 \begin_inset space ~
20642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20645 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20646 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20648 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20649 \begin_inset Index idx
20652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20658 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20659 paragraph within the float.
20660 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20661 by left-clicking on the box label.
20662 A closed float box looks like this:
20663 \begin_inset Graphics
20664 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20669 – a gray button with a red label.
20672 \begin_layout Standard
20673 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20674 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20677 \begin_layout Subsection
20681 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20683 \begin_inset Index idx
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20687 Floats ! Figure floats
20693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20695 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20702 \begin_layout Standard
20705 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20706 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20709 inserts a float with the label
20710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20716 \begin_inset space ~
20722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20726 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20727 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20728 This is what we did for Figure
20729 \begin_inset space ~
20733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20735 reference "cap:Platypus"
20740 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20741 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20742 This was done in Figure
20743 \begin_inset space ~
20747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20749 reference "cap:Escher"
20756 \begin_layout Standard
20757 \begin_inset Float figure
20762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20764 \begin_inset Graphics
20765 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20774 \begin_inset Caption
20776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20779 name "cap:Platypus"
20783 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20796 \begin_layout Standard
20797 \begin_inset Float figure
20802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20803 \begin_inset Caption
20805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20823 \begin_inset Graphics
20824 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20837 \begin_layout Standard
20838 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20840 As described in section
20841 \begin_inset space ~
20845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20847 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20851 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20853 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20856 and refer to it using the menu
20858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20862 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20871 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20883 \begin_layout Standard
20884 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20885 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20886 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20887 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20889 \begin_inset space ~
20893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20895 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20899 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20900 You can also set the images one below the other.
20902 \begin_inset space ~
20906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20908 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20915 reference "fig:Platypus"
20919 are the subfigures.
20922 \begin_layout Standard
20923 \begin_inset Float figure
20928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20929 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20933 \begin_inset Float figure
20938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20939 \begin_inset Caption
20941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20944 name "fig:Undefinable"
20956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20957 \begin_inset Graphics
20958 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20969 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20973 \begin_inset Float figure
20978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20979 \begin_inset Caption
20981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20984 name "fig:Platypus"
20996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20997 \begin_inset Graphics
20998 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21010 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21017 \begin_inset Caption
21019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21022 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21026 Two distorted images.
21039 \begin_layout Standard
21040 Note that the caption is added to the
21043 \begin_inset space ~
21047 \begin_inset space ~
21052 as described in section
21053 \begin_inset space ~
21057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21059 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21066 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21068 \begin_inset Index idx
21071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21072 Floats ! Table floats
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21081 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21084 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21088 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21091 \begin_inset space ~
21095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21097 reference "cap:Table-float"
21101 is an example of a table float.
21104 \begin_layout Standard
21105 \begin_inset Float table
21110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21111 \begin_inset Caption
21113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21116 name "cap:Table-float"
21128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21130 \begin_inset Tabular
21131 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21132 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21262 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21283 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21286 \end{array}\right]$
21294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21307 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21330 \begin_inset Index idx
21333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21334 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21342 \begin_layout Standard
21343 This float type is inserted with the menu
21345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21346 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21350 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21351 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21355 , described in section
21356 \begin_inset space ~
21360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21362 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21369 \begin_layout Standard
21370 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21378 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21384 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21387 \begin_layout Standard
21392 floatname{algorithm}{your
21393 \begin_inset space ~
21399 \begin_layout Standard
21400 to the document preamble (menu
21402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21409 \begin_inset space ~
21415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21429 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21431 \begin_inset Index idx
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21435 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21443 \begin_layout Standard
21444 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21452 \begin_inset Graphics
21453 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21462 \begin_inset Caption
21464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21467 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21471 This is a wrapped figure.
21472 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21485 This float type is used if you want to
21486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21493 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21495 It can be inserted using the menu
21497 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21498 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21500 \begin_inset space ~
21505 if the LaTeX-package
21510 \begin_inset Index idx
21513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21514 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21524 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21527 \begin_inset space ~
21537 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21540 \begin_inset space ~
21544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21546 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21550 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21559 Available units are explained in Appendix
21560 \begin_inset space ~
21564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21566 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21575 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21579 \begin_layout Standard
21580 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21588 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21593 \begin_inset space \space{}
21596 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21597 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21606 \begin_layout Itemize
21607 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21608 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21609 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21610 page breaks will appear.
21613 \begin_layout Itemize
21614 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21615 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21618 \begin_layout Itemize
21619 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21620 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21623 \begin_layout Itemize
21624 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21627 \begin_layout Subsection
21629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21631 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21636 \begin_inset Index idx
21639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21648 \begin_layout Standard
21649 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21650 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21654 \begin_inset space ~
21662 \begin_layout Standard
21663 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21664 have a multicolumn document).
21665 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21668 \begin_inset space ~
21674 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21675 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21682 \begin_layout Standard
21683 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21684 format is also the same: Table
21685 \begin_inset space ~
21689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21691 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21695 is an example of a rotated table float.
21698 \begin_layout Standard
21699 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21707 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21715 \begin_layout Standard
21716 \begin_inset Float table
21721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21722 \begin_inset Caption
21724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21727 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21741 \begin_inset Tabular
21742 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21743 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21747 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21748 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21808 \begin_layout Subsection
21810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21812 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21817 \begin_inset Index idx
21820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21829 \begin_layout Standard
21830 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21831 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21832 \begin_inset Newline newline
21838 \begin_inset space ~
21843 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21844 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21845 \begin_inset Newline newline
21851 \begin_inset space ~
21856 is used to rotate floats, see section
21857 \begin_inset space ~
21861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21863 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21870 \begin_layout Standard
21871 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21872 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21875 \begin_inset space ~
21879 \begin_inset space ~
21887 \begin_layout Description
21889 \begin_inset space ~
21893 \begin_inset space ~
21896 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21899 \begin_layout Description
21901 \begin_inset space ~
21905 \begin_inset space ~
21908 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21911 \begin_layout Description
21913 \begin_inset space ~
21917 \begin_inset space ~
21920 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21923 \begin_layout Description
21925 \begin_inset space ~
21929 \begin_inset space ~
21932 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21935 \begin_layout Standard
21936 The order of the above option is
21941 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21945 \begin_inset space ~
21949 \begin_inset space ~
21957 \begin_inset space ~
21961 \begin_inset space ~
21966 , and then the others.
21967 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21969 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21970 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21973 \begin_layout Standard
21974 By default, each option has its own rules:
21977 \begin_layout Standard
21981 \begin_inset space ~
21985 \begin_inset space ~
21990 only floats occupying less than 70
21991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21994 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21997 \begin_layout Standard
22001 \begin_inset space ~
22005 \begin_inset space ~
22010 : only floats occupying less than 30
22011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22014 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
22017 \begin_layout Standard
22021 \begin_inset space ~
22025 \begin_inset space ~
22030 : only if more than 50
22031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22034 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22038 \begin_layout Standard
22039 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22043 \begin_inset space ~
22047 \begin_inset space ~
22055 \begin_layout Standard
22056 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22057 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22058 For this case you can use the option
22061 \begin_inset space ~
22067 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22069 Because the float is then no longer able to
22070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22077 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22080 \begin_layout Standard
22081 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22082 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22085 \begin_layout Standard
22086 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22088 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22090 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22097 \begin_layout Section
22099 \begin_inset Index idx
22102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22111 name "sec:Minipages"
22118 \begin_layout Standard
22119 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22121 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22122 \begin_inset space ~
22129 \begin_layout Standard
22130 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22132 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22136 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22137 and its alignment within the page.
22140 \begin_layout Standard
22142 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22152 height_special "totalheight"
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22158 This is a minipage.
22159 The text is set in an italic style.
22162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22166 another formatting.
22174 \begin_layout Standard
22175 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22178 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22182 as described in section
22183 \begin_inset space ~
22187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22189 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22194 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22200 \begin_layout Standard
22201 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22211 height_special "totalheight"
22214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22215 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22216 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22226 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22236 height_special "totalheight"
22239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22240 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22241 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22249 \begin_layout Standard
22250 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22256 \begin_layout Standard
22257 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22258 to other box types.
22259 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22270 \begin_layout Chapter
22271 Mathematical Formulas
22272 \begin_inset Index idx
22275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22282 \begin_inset Index idx
22285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22316 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22323 \begin_layout Standard
22324 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22329 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22332 \begin_layout Section
22334 \begin_inset Index idx
22337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22346 \begin_layout Standard
22347 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22354 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22356 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22357 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22358 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22366 \begin_layout Standard
22367 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22371 \begin_inset space ~
22376 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22379 \begin_layout Standard
22380 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22381 line, like this one:
22384 \begin_layout Standard
22385 This is a line with an inline formula
22386 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22392 \begin_layout Standard
22393 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22395 \begin_inset Formula
22402 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22405 \begin_layout Standard
22406 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22412 \begin_inset space \space{}
22416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22429 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22430 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22434 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22437 \begin_inset space ~
22445 \begin_layout Subsection
22446 Navigating in Formulas
22447 \begin_inset Index idx
22450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22459 \begin_layout Standard
22460 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22461 achieved with the arrow keys.
22462 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22463 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22468 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22469 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22473 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22477 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22480 \end{array}\right]$
22488 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22493 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22494 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22497 \begin_layout Standard
22502 , printed in this document as
22503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22524 \begin_inset Note Note
22527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22528 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22529 space character (visible space).
22534 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22535 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22536 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22541 For example, if you want
22542 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22596 , since in the latter case only the
22599 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22604 will be under the square root sign:
22605 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22611 \begin_layout Standard
22612 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22614 \begin_inset Formula
22616 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22625 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22626 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22629 \begin_layout Subsection
22633 \begin_layout Standard
22634 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22635 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22639 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22640 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22641 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22642 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22643 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22646 \begin_layout Subsection
22647 Exponents and Subscripts
22648 \begin_inset Index idx
22651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22658 \begin_inset Index idx
22661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22670 \begin_layout Standard
22671 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22672 way is to use a command.
22674 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22677 , type in a formula
22683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22699 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22705 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22709 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22730 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22739 , you have to use an extra
22743 to separate the hat and the character.
22745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22749 \begin_inset space \space{}
22753 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22774 Subscripts are similar: To get
22775 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22798 \begin_layout Subsection
22800 \begin_inset Index idx
22803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22812 \begin_layout Standard
22813 Create a fraction with either the command
22820 \begin_inset Graphics
22821 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22829 \begin_inset space ~
22835 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22836 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22837 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22842 To move back up, press
22847 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22848 \begin_inset Formula
22850 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22853 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22861 \begin_layout Subsection
22863 \begin_inset Index idx
22866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22875 \begin_layout Standard
22876 Roots can be created using the
22879 \begin_inset space ~
22885 \begin_inset Graphics
22886 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22888 groupId toolbarbuttons
22911 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22917 produces always a square root.
22920 \begin_layout Subsection
22921 Operators with Limits
22922 \begin_inset Index idx
22925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22932 \begin_inset Index idx
22935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22944 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22951 \begin_layout Standard
22953 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22957 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22960 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22961 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22962 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22963 The sum operator will automatically place its
22964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22971 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22974 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22978 \begin_inset Formula
22980 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22985 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22989 \begin_layout Standard
22990 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22992 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22993 behind the operator and hitting
23001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23002 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23004 \begin_inset space ~
23008 \begin_inset space ~
23016 \begin_layout Standard
23017 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
23018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23025 feature as addition, such as
23026 \begin_inset Index idx
23029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23036 \begin_inset Formula
23038 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23043 which will place the
23044 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23056 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23057 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23063 \begin_layout Standard
23064 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23071 Have a look at section
23072 \begin_inset space ~
23076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23078 reference "sub:Functions"
23082 for an explanation of function macros.
23085 \begin_layout Subsection
23087 \begin_inset Index idx
23090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23099 \begin_layout Standard
23100 Most math symbols can be found in the
23103 \begin_inset space ~
23108 under one of several categories; including
23125 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23129 \begin_layout Standard
23130 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23131 you don't have to use the
23134 \begin_inset space ~
23139 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23140 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23143 \begin_layout Subsection
23145 \begin_inset Index idx
23148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23157 \begin_layout Standard
23158 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23163 arg "space-insert protected"
23169 \begin_inset space ~
23175 \begin_inset Graphics
23176 filename ../images/math/space.png
23178 groupId toolbarbuttons
23183 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23184 For example, the sequence
23189 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23193 \begin_inset Graphics
23194 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23199 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23200 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23201 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23202 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23204 Here are two examples:
23207 \begin_layout Standard
23217 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23223 \begin_layout Standard
23233 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23239 \begin_layout Subsection
23241 \begin_inset Index idx
23244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23253 name "sub:Functions"
23260 \begin_layout Standard
23264 \begin_inset space ~
23269 contains under the button
23270 \begin_inset Graphics
23271 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23273 groupId toolbarbuttons
23277 a number of function macros, such as
23278 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23282 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23290 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23297 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23298 avoid confusions, because
23299 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23303 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23309 \begin_layout Standard
23310 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23312 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23316 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23322 \begin_layout Standard
23323 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23324 s are placed, as described in section
23325 \begin_inset space ~
23329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23331 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23338 \begin_layout Subsection
23340 \begin_inset Index idx
23343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23352 \begin_layout Standard
23353 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23355 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23356 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23361 \begin_inset space \space{}
23365 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23368 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23369 Our example is entered by typing
23377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23390 \begin_inset space ~
23394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23396 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23400 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23403 \begin_layout Standard
23404 \begin_inset Float table
23409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23410 \begin_inset Caption
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23415 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23419 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23429 \begin_inset Tabular
23430 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23431 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23432 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23433 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23434 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23518 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23572 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23626 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23680 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23734 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23788 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23842 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23896 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23950 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23995 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
24016 \begin_layout Standard
24017 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
24020 \begin_inset space ~
24026 \begin_inset Graphics
24027 filename ../images/math/hat.png
24029 groupId toolbarbuttons
24033 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24037 \begin_layout Section
24038 Brackets and Delimiters
24039 \begin_inset Index idx
24042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24049 \begin_inset Index idx
24052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24061 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24068 \begin_layout Standard
24069 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24070 For most purposes, using just the keys
24075 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24076 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24077 toolbar delimiter icon
24080 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24084 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24086 \begin_inset Formula
24088 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24096 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24097 \begin_inset Formula
24099 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24107 \begin_layout Standard
24108 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24109 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24112 \begin_layout Standard
24113 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24114 left side and right side.
24115 If you use the option
24118 \begin_inset space ~
24123 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24124 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24125 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24126 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24129 \begin_layout Standard
24130 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24131 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24132 inside the brackets.
24133 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24138 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24141 \begin_layout Section
24142 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24143 \begin_inset Index idx
24146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24153 \begin_inset Index idx
24156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24163 \begin_inset Index idx
24166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24167 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24175 \begin_layout Standard
24176 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24179 \begin_inset space ~
24185 \begin_inset Graphics
24186 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24188 groupId toolbarbuttons
24193 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24194 Here is an example:
24195 \begin_inset Formula
24197 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24206 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24207 \begin_inset space ~
24211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24213 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24218 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24219 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24220 This alignment is set in the box
24225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24273 for every column as default.
24274 For example, the sequence
24275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24286 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24287 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24288 corresponds to the relevant column.
24289 The result will look like this:
24290 \begin_inset Formula
24293 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24294 column & has & has\, right\\
24295 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24304 \begin_layout Standard
24305 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24308 arg "newline-insert newline"
24311 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24312 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24314 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24317 or the math toolbar.
24320 \begin_layout Standard
24321 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24322 It can be created with the menu
24324 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24325 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24327 \begin_inset space ~
24339 Here is an example:
24340 \begin_inset Formula
24354 \begin_layout Standard
24355 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24358 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24361 arg "newline-insert newline"
24365 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24370 arg "newline-insert newline"
24373 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24381 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24382 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24383 A new row is created by every further hit of
24386 arg "newline-insert newline"
24390 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24391 Here is an example:
24392 \begin_inset Formula
24394 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24395 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24400 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24401 where you want to start the shift and hit
24406 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24407 position to the next column.
24408 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24409 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24410 \begin_inset Formula
24412 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24420 \begin_layout Standard
24421 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24428 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24429 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24432 reference "eq:asquared"
24437 The other types are described in section
24438 \begin_inset space ~
24442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24444 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24451 \begin_layout Section
24452 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24453 \begin_inset Index idx
24456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24457 Math ! Formula numbering
24463 \begin_inset Index idx
24466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24467 Math ! Referencing formulas
24473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24475 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24482 \begin_layout Standard
24483 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24485 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24486 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24488 \begin_inset space ~
24496 arg "math-number-toggle"
24500 The formula number appears in LyX as
24501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24508 within parentheses.
24510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24517 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24519 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24520 the document class.
24521 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24522 separated by a dot:
24523 \begin_inset Formula
24533 arg "math-number-toggle"
24536 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24537 You can only number displayed formulas.
24540 \begin_layout Standard
24541 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24543 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24544 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24546 \begin_inset space ~
24550 \begin_inset space ~
24554 \begin_inset space ~
24562 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24565 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24566 \begin_inset Formula
24569 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24575 To number all lines use the shortcut
24578 arg "math-number-toggle"
24584 \begin_layout Standard
24585 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24588 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24589 A label is inserted with the menu
24591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24594 when the cursor is in the formula.
24595 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24596 It is recommended to use the proposed
24597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24608 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24609 type when you have many labels in your document.
24610 We inserted in the following example the label
24611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24618 in the second line:
24619 \begin_inset Formula
24621 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24622 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24627 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24628 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24638 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24640 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24642 \begin_inset space ~
24648 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24649 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24650 as the formula number:
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24654 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24657 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24664 \begin_layout Standard
24665 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24666 \begin_inset space ~
24670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24672 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24677 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24683 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24688 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24696 \begin_layout Section
24697 User defined math macros
24698 \begin_inset Index idx
24701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24710 \begin_layout Standard
24711 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24712 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24713 Math macros are explained in section
24716 \begin_inset space ~
24728 \begin_layout Section
24732 \begin_layout Subsection
24734 \begin_inset Index idx
24737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24746 \begin_layout Standard
24747 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24748 To set a font in a formula, use the
24751 \begin_inset space ~
24757 \begin_inset Graphics
24758 filename ../images/math/font.png
24760 groupId toolbarbuttons
24764 , or enter its command, listed in table
24765 \begin_inset space ~
24769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24771 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24778 \begin_layout Standard
24779 \begin_inset Float table
24784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24785 \begin_inset Caption
24787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24790 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24794 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24804 \begin_inset Tabular
24805 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24806 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24840 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24867 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24894 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24927 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24954 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24981 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25015 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
25023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25042 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25076 \begin_layout Standard
25077 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25085 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25101 \begin_layout Standard
25102 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25103 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25108 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25109 space when you need a space in the box.
25110 Here an example where
25111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25122 denotes the set of numbers:
25123 \begin_inset Formula
25125 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25133 \begin_layout Standard
25134 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25140 \begin_inset space \space{}
25152 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25156 \begin_inset Newline newline
25159 So it is better not to use this feature.
25162 \begin_layout Standard
25163 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25164 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25168 \begin_inset Newline newline
25171 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25177 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25178 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25184 \begin_layout Standard
25191 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25194 \begin_layout Standard
25195 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25197 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25198 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25200 \begin_inset space ~
25208 \begin_layout Subsection
25210 \begin_inset Index idx
25213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25222 \begin_layout Standard
25223 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25225 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25229 \begin_inset space ~
25233 \begin_inset space ~
25241 \begin_inset space ~
25247 \begin_inset Graphics
25248 filename ../images/math/font.png
25250 groupId toolbarbuttons
25261 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25262 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25263 Here is an example:
25264 \begin_inset Formula
25267 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25268 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25277 \begin_layout Subsection
25279 \begin_inset Index idx
25282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25291 \begin_layout Standard
25292 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25293 automatically chosen in most situations.
25311 For most characters,
25319 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25320 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25325 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25326 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25328 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25329 \begin_inset Graphics
25330 filename ../images/math/style.png
25332 groupId toolbarbuttons
25337 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25338 For example, you can set
25339 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25342 , which is normally in
25351 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25355 The four styles are used in the following example:
25358 \begin_layout Standard
25359 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25363 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25367 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25371 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25377 \begin_layout Standard
25378 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25379 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25381 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25383 \begin_inset space ~
25388 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25389 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25390 will be adjusted to correspond.
25391 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25402 \begin_layout Standard
25406 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25412 \begin_layout Section
25416 \begin_layout Standard
25417 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25418 the document classes and into layout modules.
25419 \begin_inset Index idx
25422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25428 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25429 other than the AMS classes.
25431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25433 reference "sub:Modules"
25437 for more on layout modules.
25440 \begin_layout Section
25442 \begin_inset Index idx
25445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25452 \begin_inset Index idx
25455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25464 \begin_layout Standard
25465 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25466 (AMS) that are in common use.
25469 \begin_layout Subsection
25470 Enabling AMS-Support
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25474 Selecting the checkbox
25477 \begin_inset space ~
25481 \begin_inset space ~
25485 \begin_inset space ~
25492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25496 \begin_inset Index idx
25499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25500 Document ! Settings
25508 \begin_inset space ~
25513 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25515 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25516 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25519 \begin_layout Subsection
25521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25523 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25528 \begin_inset Index idx
25531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25532 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25540 \begin_layout Standard
25541 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25542 LyX allows you to choose between
25563 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25566 \begin_layout Chapter
25570 \begin_layout Section
25572 \begin_inset Index idx
25575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25584 name "sec:Cross-References"
25591 \begin_layout Standard
25592 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25593 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25595 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25596 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25597 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25600 \begin_layout Enumerate
25604 \begin_layout Enumerate
25605 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25607 name "enu:Second-item"
25614 \begin_layout Enumerate
25618 \begin_layout Standard
25619 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25624 or by pressing the toolbar button
25631 A grey label box like this:
25632 \begin_inset Graphics
25633 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25638 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25639 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25674 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25679 \begin_inset space \space{}
25682 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25697 \begin_layout Standard
25698 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25703 or the toolbar button
25706 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25710 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25711 \begin_inset Graphics
25712 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25717 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25719 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25732 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25742 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25747 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25748 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25750 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25756 \begin_layout Standard
25757 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25758 \begin_inset space ~
25762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25764 reference "enu:Second-item"
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25772 It is recommended to use a protected space
25776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25777 described in section
25778 \begin_inset space ~
25782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25784 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25793 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25797 \begin_layout Standard
25798 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25801 \begin_layout Description
25802 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25805 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25812 \begin_layout Description
25813 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25814 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25826 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25833 \begin_layout Description
25834 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25835 \begin_inset space ~
25839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25840 LatexCommand pageref
25841 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25848 \begin_layout Description
25850 \begin_inset space ~
25854 \begin_inset space ~
25857 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25859 LatexCommand vpageref
25860 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25867 \begin_layout Description
25869 \begin_inset space ~
25873 \begin_inset space ~
25877 \begin_inset space ~
25880 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25883 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25890 \begin_layout Description
25892 \begin_inset space ~
25895 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25896 \begin_inset Newline newline
25900 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25908 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25917 \begin_inset Index idx
25920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25921 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25927 \begin_inset Index idx
25930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25931 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25944 \begin_layout Description
25946 \begin_inset space ~
25949 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25951 LatexCommand nameref
25952 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25964 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25967 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25971 \begin_inset space \space{}
25975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25989 <reference> on page <page>
25991 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25994 \begin_layout Standard
25995 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25996 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25997 The varieties are adjusted in the field
26001 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26006 You can only use the style
26010 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26014 is always possible.
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26018 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26019 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26021 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26022 \begin_inset space ~
26026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26028 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26035 \begin_layout Standard
26036 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26040 \begin_inset space ~
26044 \begin_inset space ~
26049 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26050 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26053 \begin_inset space ~
26058 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26059 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26062 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26068 \begin_layout Standard
26069 You can change labels at any time.
26070 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26071 do not need to take care about this.
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26076 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26079 \begin_layout Standard
26080 References are described in detail in sec.
26081 \begin_inset space ~
26085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26099 \begin_layout Section
26100 Table of Contents and other Listings
26101 \begin_inset Index idx
26104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26111 \begin_inset Index idx
26114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26130 \begin_layout Subsection
26132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26134 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26141 \begin_layout Standard
26142 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26144 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26145 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26147 \begin_inset space ~
26151 \begin_inset space ~
26157 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26158 If you click on it, the
26162 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26163 sections in your documents.
26164 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26166 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26169 that is described in sec.
26170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26176 reference "sec:Navigating"
26183 \begin_layout Standard
26184 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26185 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26187 \begin_inset space ~
26191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26193 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26197 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26199 \begin_inset space ~
26203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26205 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26209 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26211 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26214 \begin_layout Subsection
26215 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26218 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26226 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26227 You can insert them via the
26229 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26231 \begin_inset space ~
26235 \begin_inset space ~
26241 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26244 \begin_layout Section
26245 URLs and Hyperlinks
26246 \begin_inset Index idx
26249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26256 \begin_inset Index idx
26259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26268 \begin_layout Subsection
26270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26280 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26289 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26290 \begin_inset Flex URL
26293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26303 \begin_layout Standard
26304 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26310 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26315 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26323 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26331 \begin_layout Subsection
26333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26335 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26342 \begin_layout Standard
26343 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26348 or with the toolbar button
26355 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26364 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26365 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26366 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26368 name "LyX's homepage"
26369 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26373 , an Email address like this:
26374 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26376 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26377 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26382 , or a link to a file.
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26386 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26399 to the link target.
26402 \begin_layout Standard
26403 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26404 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26405 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26406 the text style dialog.
26407 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26411 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26413 name "LyX's homepage"
26414 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26421 \begin_layout Standard
26422 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26426 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26428 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26429 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26433 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26435 \begin_inset Newline newline
26443 \begin_inset Newline newline
26450 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26453 \begin_layout Section
26455 \begin_inset Index idx
26458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26467 name "sec:Appendices"
26474 \begin_layout Standard
26475 Appendices are created with the menu
26477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26479 \begin_inset space ~
26483 \begin_inset space ~
26489 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26490 as the appendix region.
26491 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26495 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26496 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26497 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26498 and the subsection number.
26499 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26503 \begin_layout Standard
26505 \begin_inset space ~
26509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26511 reference "cha:Credits"
26516 \begin_inset space ~
26520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26522 reference "sub:Export"
26529 \begin_layout Section
26531 \begin_inset Index idx
26534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26543 name "sec:Bibliography"
26550 \begin_layout Standard
26551 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26552 You can include a bibliography database,
26556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26557 Known under the name
26558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26570 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26571 manually, using the paragraph environment
26575 , which was described in section
26576 \begin_inset space ~
26580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26582 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26587 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26588 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26592 use a bibliography database.
26595 \begin_layout Subsection
26596 The Bibliography Environment
26599 \begin_layout Standard
26604 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26606 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26615 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26617 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26626 , a short form of its title, as key.
26629 \begin_layout Standard
26630 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26632 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26635 or the toolbar button
26638 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26642 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26643 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26644 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26645 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26649 \begin_layout Standard
26650 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26651 entry with surrounding brackets.
26656 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26657 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26669 \begin_layout Standard
26672 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26675 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26677 key "latexcompanion"
26684 \begin_layout Standard
26685 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26686 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26695 \begin_layout Subsection
26696 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26697 \begin_inset Index idx
26700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26701 Bibliography ! Databases
26707 \begin_inset Index idx
26710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26711 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26719 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26726 \begin_layout Standard
26727 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26733 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26735 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26736 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26741 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26743 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26744 your working field in a database.
26745 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26746 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26748 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26752 \begin_layout Standard
26753 The database is a text file with the file extension
26754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26765 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26766 The format is explained in
26767 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26773 and in LaTeX books (
26774 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26776 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26781 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26782 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26783 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26784 \begin_inset Flex URL
26787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26789 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26797 \begin_layout Standard
26798 To use a database, use the menu
26800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26805 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26818 \begin_inset space ~
26824 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26825 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26828 Add bibliography to TOC
26830 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26835 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26836 in the document or just the cited references.
26839 \begin_layout Standard
26840 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26852 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26853 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26854 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26856 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26862 For information how this is done, have a look at
26863 \begin_inset Newline newline
26867 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26869 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26881 \begin_layout Standard
26882 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26885 \begin_layout Standard
26886 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26887 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26890 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26918 \begin_inset space ~
26924 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26939 \begin_layout Standard
26940 When you select the option
26942 Sectioned bibliography
26946 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26949 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26950 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26952 Customizing Bibliographies
26960 Additional Features
26965 \begin_layout Standard
26966 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26967 the two methods of creating them.
26968 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26969 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26970 We used the style file
26974 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26977 \begin_layout Subsection
26978 Bibliography layout
26979 \begin_inset Index idx
26982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26983 Bibliography ! Layout
26991 \begin_layout Standard
26992 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26993 For this feature you need to enable the option
26999 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27003 \begin_inset Index idx
27006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27007 Document ! Settings
27017 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27018 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
27019 in the previous section.
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27023 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27024 in the citation reference window.
27025 Here an example where we set the text
27026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27030 \begin_inset space ~
27034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27037 to appear after the reference:
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27042 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27045 key "latexcompanion"
27052 \begin_layout Section
27054 \begin_inset Index idx
27057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27073 \begin_layout Standard
27074 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27076 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27078 \begin_inset space ~
27083 or the toolbar button
27091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27102 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27103 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27104 by LyX as the index entry.
27107 \begin_layout Standard
27108 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27109 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27111 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27113 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27120 \begin_layout Standard
27121 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27125 \begin_inset space ~
27129 \begin_inset space ~
27132 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27134 \begin_inset space ~
27140 A light blue box labeled
27141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27152 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27153 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27156 \begin_layout Subsection
27157 Grouping Index Entries
27158 \begin_inset Index idx
27161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27170 \begin_layout Standard
27171 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27173 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27174 lists under the entry
27175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27183 First we create the entry
27184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27192 \begin_inset space ~
27196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27198 reference "sub:Lists"
27203 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27204 \begin_inset space ~
27208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27210 reference "sec:Itemize"
27214 , we insert the command
27217 \begin_layout Standard
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27227 \begin_layout Standard
27233 \begin_layout Standard
27234 for the enumerated list in section
27235 \begin_inset space ~
27239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27241 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27248 \begin_layout Standard
27249 The exclamation mark
27250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27257 marks the grouping levels.
27258 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27259 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27260 If we don't have an index entry for
27261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27268 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27271 \begin_layout Subsection
27273 \begin_inset Index idx
27276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27277 Index ! Page ranges
27285 \begin_layout Standard
27286 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27288 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27289 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27291 \begin_inset space ~
27295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27297 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27304 \begin_layout Standard
27307 Paragraph environments|(
27310 \begin_layout Standard
27311 and another entry at the end of section
27312 \begin_inset space ~
27316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27318 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27325 \begin_layout Standard
27328 Paragraph environments|)
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27356 respectively start and end the index range.
27357 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27358 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27359 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27360 An example is the index entry
27361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27364 Document ! Settings
27365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27371 \begin_layout Subsection
27373 \begin_inset Index idx
27376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27377 Index ! Cross referencing
27385 \begin_layout Standard
27386 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27387 We referred for example in the index entry
27388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27396 \begin_inset space ~
27400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27402 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27406 ) to the index entry
27407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27414 in the same section using the entry
27417 \begin_layout Standard
27420 GIF|see{Image formats}
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27424 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27425 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27426 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27429 \begin_layout Subsection
27431 \begin_inset Index idx
27434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27435 Index ! Entry order
27443 \begin_layout Standard
27444 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27445 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27446 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27451 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27453 \begin_inset space ~
27457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27459 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27468 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27469 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27494 \begin_inset Index idx
27497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27498 Dummy entries ! maïs
27504 \begin_inset Index idx
27507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27508 Dummy entries ! maître
27514 \begin_inset Index idx
27517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27518 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27523 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27524 order maïs, maison, maître.
27525 To achieve this, we use the command
27528 \begin_layout Standard
27531 previous entry@current entry
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27535 In our case we want to have
27536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27551 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27554 \begin_layout Standard
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27561 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27562 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27566 \begin_layout Standard
27567 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27573 \begin_layout Standard
27574 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27579 to generate the index (see sec.
27580 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27586 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27595 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27603 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27607 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27608 index commands start with
27609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27621 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27626 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27629 \begin_layout Standard
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27653 \begin_layout Subsection
27655 \begin_inset Index idx
27658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27659 Index ! Entry layout
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27668 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27669 \begin_inset Index idx
27672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27675 This is an italic dummy entry
27680 You can also format the page number using the character
27681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27688 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27689 We can write for example
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27695 italic page number:|textit
27698 \begin_layout Standard
27699 to get the page number in italic.
27700 \begin_inset Index idx
27703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27704 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27709 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27727 \begin_inset space ~
27733 Have a look at section
27734 \begin_inset space ~
27738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27740 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27744 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27756 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27760 to generate the index, see sec.
27761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27767 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27776 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27777 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27778 they can be used, see
27779 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27782 key "latexcompanion"
27794 \begin_layout Standard
27795 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27797 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27798 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27799 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27800 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27801 If so, put the following in the preamble
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27816 \begin_layout Standard
27820 \begin_layout Standard
27826 \begin_layout Standard
27827 in the index entry.
27828 \begin_inset Index idx
27831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27832 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27837 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27838 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27839 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27842 \begin_layout Standard
27843 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27849 \begin_inset space \space{}
27852 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27853 for all index entries.
27854 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27866 documentation for details,
27867 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27869 key "makeindex,xindy"
27876 \begin_layout Subsection
27878 \begin_inset Index idx
27881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27890 name "sub:Index-Program"
27897 \begin_layout Standard
27898 If the index entry program
27902 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27906 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27915 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27916 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27917 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27918 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27919 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27929 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27930 dialog, see section
27931 \begin_inset space ~
27935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27937 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27942 The available options are listed and explained in
27943 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27945 key "makeindex,xindy"
27950 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27954 \begin_layout Standard
27955 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27956 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27959 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27960 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27961 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27965 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27966 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27969 \begin_layout Subsection
27973 \begin_layout Standard
27974 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27975 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27983 next to the standard index.
27984 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27985 packages that add this feature.
27991 \begin_inset Index idx
27994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27995 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
28000 package to generate multiple indexes.
28001 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
28002 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
28003 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28010 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
28011 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28012 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28015 \begin_layout Standard
28016 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28018 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28019 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28020 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28027 Use multiple Indexes
28028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28032 Note that the list of
28033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28040 below already contains the standard index.
28041 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28042 also appear as a heading) to the
28043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28050 input field and press the
28051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28059 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28060 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28061 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28065 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28071 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28072 indexes in the LyX work area.
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28076 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28079 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28081 \begin_inset space ~
28085 \begin_inset space ~
28094 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28095 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28096 are some additional features:
28099 \begin_layout Itemize
28100 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28101 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28104 \begin_layout Itemize
28105 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28106 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28115 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28120 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28121 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28122 to the non-subindexes.
28125 \begin_layout Section
28126 Nomenclature / Glossary
28127 \begin_inset Index idx
28130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28137 \begin_inset Index idx
28140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28171 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28178 \begin_layout Standard
28179 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28180 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28184 \begin_layout Standard
28185 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28190 \begin_inset Index idx
28193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28194 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28200 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28201 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28207 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28210 \begin_layout Standard
28211 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28212 and then use the menu
28214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28220 \begin_inset space ~
28225 or the toolbar button
28228 arg "nomencl-insert"
28233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28244 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28247 \begin_layout Standard
28248 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28249 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28250 The second is the description of the symbol.
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28254 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28262 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28270 \begin_layout Subsection
28271 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28272 \begin_inset Index idx
28275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28276 Nomenclature ! Layout
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28285 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28289 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28295 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28303 \begin_inset Newline newline
28311 \begin_inset Newline newline
28317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28324 character starts/ends the formula.
28325 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28337 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28348 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28349 \begin_inset space ~
28353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28355 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28362 \begin_layout Standard
28366 \begin_inset space ~
28371 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28372 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28377 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28384 in this document is:
28385 \begin_inset Newline newline
28390 dummy entry for the character
28395 \begin_inset Newline newline
28407 \begin_inset space ~
28417 font use the command
28446 \begin_layout Subsection
28447 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28448 \begin_inset Index idx
28451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28452 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28460 \begin_layout Standard
28461 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28462 the symbol definition.
28463 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28464 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28467 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28468 LatexCommand nomenclature
28470 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28477 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28481 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28482 LatexCommand nomenclature
28485 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28490 They will be sorted by
28491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28517 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28520 will be sorted before the
28524 since the character
28525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28532 is considered in sorting.
28535 \begin_layout Standard
28536 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28539 \begin_inset space ~
28544 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28545 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28547 For the example given, you can insert
28551 in this field for the
28552 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28559 will be located before
28560 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28567 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28572 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28581 \begin_layout Subsection
28582 Nomenclature Options
28583 \begin_inset Index idx
28586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28587 Nomenclature ! Options
28595 \begin_layout Standard
28600 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28601 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28604 \begin_layout Description
28605 refeq Appends the phrase
28606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28621 to every nomenclature entry, where
28627 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28630 \begin_layout Description
28631 refpage Appends the phrase
28632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28647 to every nomenclature entry, where
28653 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28656 \begin_layout Description
28657 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28660 \begin_layout Standard
28661 There are furthermore the options
28705 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28710 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28711 class options list in the
28713 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28717 In this document the option
28724 \begin_layout Standard
28725 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28731 \begin_layout Standard
28732 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28733 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28738 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28741 \begin_layout Description
28751 \begin_layout Description
28754 nomrefpage Like the
28761 \begin_layout Description
28764 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28773 \begin_layout Description
28777 \begin_inset space ~
28783 \begin_inset space ~
28788 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28791 \begin_layout Subsection
28792 Printing the Nomenclature
28793 \begin_inset Index idx
28796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28797 Nomenclature ! Printing
28805 \begin_layout Standard
28806 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28810 \begin_inset space ~
28814 \begin_inset space ~
28817 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28821 A light blue box labeled
28822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28833 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28834 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28837 \begin_layout Standard
28838 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28847 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28855 For example, in order to change the name to
28859 , add the following line to the preamble:
28862 \begin_layout Standard
28870 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28873 \begin_layout Standard
28874 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28880 \begin_layout Standard
28881 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28882 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28885 \begin_layout Standard
28893 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28896 \begin_layout Standard
28899 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28900 \begin_inset space ~
28904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28906 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28911 The default value is 1
28912 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28918 \begin_layout Subsection
28919 Nomenclature Program
28920 \begin_inset Index idx
28923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28924 Nomenclature ! Program
28930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28932 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28939 \begin_layout Standard
28940 LyX uses the program
28944 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28945 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28950 by adding options, see section
28951 \begin_inset space ~
28955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28957 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28962 The available options are listed and explained in
28963 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28965 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28972 \begin_layout Section
28974 \begin_inset Index idx
28977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28984 \begin_inset Index idx
28987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28988 Document ! Branches
28994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28996 name "sec:Branches"
29003 \begin_layout Standard
29004 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29005 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29006 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29007 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29010 \begin_layout Standard
29011 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
29012 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29013 To create a branch, either select the menu
29015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29016 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29019 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29028 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29029 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29030 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29031 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29032 (see below for an example).
29033 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29034 to the name of the other) and to add
29035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29047 \begin_inset space ~
29050 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29051 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29054 \begin_layout Standard
29055 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29056 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29058 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29061 where you can choose a branch.
29062 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29066 \begin_layout Standard
29067 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29068 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29071 \begin_layout Standard
29072 \begin_inset Branch Question
29075 \begin_layout Standard
29076 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29084 \begin_layout Standard
29085 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29088 \begin_layout Standard
29089 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29097 \begin_layout Standard
29104 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29105 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29108 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29109 Consider for example a file
29110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29117 which has the above branches.
29119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29126 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29150 branch were inactive,
29151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29166 branch was active, likewise
29167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29182 branch was active, and
29183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29186 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29190 if both branches were active.
29191 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29195 \begin_layout Standard
29196 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29202 \begin_layout Standard
29203 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29204 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29206 For example you can define for the question branch
29210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29211 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29212 \begin_inset space ~
29216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29218 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29230 \begin_layout Standard
29240 \begin_layout Standard
29250 \begin_layout Standard
29251 and for the answer branch
29254 \begin_layout Standard
29264 \begin_layout Standard
29274 \begin_layout Standard
29275 \begin_inset Branch Question
29278 \begin_layout Standard
29282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29310 \begin_layout Standard
29311 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29314 \begin_layout Standard
29318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29346 \begin_layout Standard
29347 Now it is possible to use the commands
29351 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29358 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29361 to obtain conditional output.
29362 Here is an example formula where only the
29369 \begin_inset Formula
29371 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29379 \begin_layout Standard
29380 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29388 \begin_layout Section
29390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29392 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29397 \begin_inset Index idx
29400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29409 \begin_layout Standard
29414 dialog allows you in the
29418 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29419 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29424 \begin_inset Index idx
29427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29428 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29436 \begin_layout Standard
29441 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29442 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29443 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29445 You can specify in the dialog tab
29449 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29451 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29452 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29456 \begin_layout Standard
29461 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29462 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29463 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29465 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29466 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29468 \begin_inset space ~
29471 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29472 \begin_inset space ~
29475 1 will only display the sections.
29478 \begin_layout Standard
29479 The header information in the dialog tab
29483 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29484 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29489 \begin_inset space \space{}
29492 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29493 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29496 Automatic fill header
29498 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29499 title and author settings.
29502 \begin_layout Standard
29505 Load in fullscreen mode
29507 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29510 \begin_layout Standard
29511 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29512 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29518 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29519 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29528 \begin_layout Section
29529 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29532 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29539 \begin_layout Subsection
29541 \begin_inset Index idx
29544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29551 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29553 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29560 \begin_layout Standard
29561 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29562 constructs, but not all.
29563 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29564 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29565 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29566 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29567 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29571 \begin_layout Standard
29572 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29574 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29576 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29578 \begin_inset space ~
29583 or by the toolbar button
29590 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29594 \begin_layout Standard
29595 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29596 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29597 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29598 using the LaTeX-command
29604 , you can write the command part
29610 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29614 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29615 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29616 the following example:
29619 \begin_layout Standard
29620 \begin_inset Graphics
29621 filename clipart/ERT.png
29629 \begin_layout Standard
29633 \begin_layout Standard
29634 This is a line with a
29638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 \begin_layout Standard
29662 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29671 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29679 \begin_layout Subsection
29680 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29681 \begin_inset Argument
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29691 \begin_inset Index idx
29694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29703 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29710 \begin_layout Standard
29711 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29712 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29713 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29722 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29723 any time if you know the right commands.
29725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29729 \begin_inset space \space{}
29732 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29734 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29735 all caption labels bold.
29736 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29738 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29742 \begin_layout Standard
29743 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29744 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29745 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29747 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29756 \begin_layout Standard
29757 As result you know that the package
29762 \begin_inset Index idx
29765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29766 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29772 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29774 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29780 \begin_layout Standard
29785 usepackage[options]{package name}
29788 \begin_layout Standard
29789 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29790 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29791 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29794 \begin_layout Standard
29795 In your case the package name is
29800 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29805 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29806 So you add the command
29809 \begin_layout Standard
29814 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29817 \begin_layout Standard
29818 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29823 For more commands provided by the
29827 package, have a look at its documentation,
29828 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29842 \begin_layout Standard
29843 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29845 For example if you use a
29849 class, you don't need the package
29853 , you can instead write
29856 \begin_layout Standard
29861 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29866 \begin_layout Standard
29867 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29868 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29869 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29876 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29879 \begin_layout Standard
29880 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29881 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29883 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29884 the previous section.
29887 \begin_layout Standard
29888 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29890 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29892 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29900 \begin_layout Section
29901 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29904 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29909 \begin_inset Index idx
29912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29919 \begin_inset Index idx
29922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29931 \begin_layout Standard
29932 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29933 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29934 to break your train of thought with
29936 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29942 \begin_layout Standard
29943 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29944 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29949 \begin_inset Index idx
29952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29953 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29958 as explained below, and turn on
29961 \begin_inset space ~
29968 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29972 \begin_inset space ~
29976 \begin_inset space ~
29979 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29984 \begin_inset space ~
29989 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29992 \begin_layout Standard
29993 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29995 Previews of an already loaded document are
29999 generated just by selecting the
30002 \begin_inset space ~
30007 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30010 \begin_layout Standard
30011 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30012 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30015 \begin_inset space ~
30020 check box in the insert dialog.
30021 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30025 \begin_layout Standard
30026 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30030 (on some systems named simply
30035 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30037 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30043 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30044 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30052 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30056 \begin_layout Standard
30057 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30063 \begin_layout Standard
30064 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30068 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30070 \begin_inset space ~
30075 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30076 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30078 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30079 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30080 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30081 the source view window.
30084 \begin_layout Section
30085 Advanced Find and Replace
30086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30088 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30093 \begin_inset Index idx
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 \begin_inset Index idx
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30115 \begin_layout Subsection
30119 \begin_layout Standard
30120 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30121 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30122 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30123 The key-features are:
30126 \begin_layout Itemize
30127 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30128 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30129 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30133 \begin_layout Itemize
30134 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30135 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30136 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30137 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30140 \begin_layout Itemize
30141 Search may be widened to a specific
30146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30150 \begin_inset space ~
30153 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30154 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30161 \begin_layout Itemize
30162 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30163 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30168 \begin_inset space ~
30171 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30174 \begin_layout Subsection
30178 \begin_layout Standard
30179 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30182 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30195 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30198 ) or the toolbar button
30201 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30207 Advanced Find and Replace
30212 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30216 \begin_layout Standard
30221 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30226 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30231 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30232 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30233 Pressing repeatedly
30237 keeps searching forward.
30238 Similarly, pressing
30242 searches for the entered text backwards.
30245 \begin_layout Standard
30246 While searching, the
30250 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30260 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30264 Searching for mathematics
30267 \begin_layout Standard
30268 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30272 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30273 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30276 or also something more complex like
30277 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30281 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30282 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30283 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30284 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30290 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30294 \begin_layout Standard
30295 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30296 This is done by switching to the
30297 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
30301 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
30306 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30311 This way, entering in the
30318 \begin_layout Itemize
30319 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30320 in emphasized or boldface.
30323 \begin_layout Itemize
30324 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30325 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30326 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30327 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30330 \begin_layout Itemize
30331 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30332 of if only within section headings.
30333 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30334 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30338 \begin_layout Itemize
30339 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30340 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30343 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30347 \begin_layout Standard
30348 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30352 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30360 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30364 button or alternatively
30386 \begin_layout Standard
30387 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30388 text segments in your document.
30389 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30393 \begin_layout Itemize
30394 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30395 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30403 with its typewriter version
30406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30416 \begin_layout Itemize
30417 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30423 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30435 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
30439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30442 (you may want to enable the
30450 options and disable the
30455 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
30459 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
30464 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
30465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30472 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
30473 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
30477 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
30480 , or occurrences of
30481 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
30485 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
30491 \begin_layout Subsection
30495 \begin_layout Standard
30496 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
30500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30501 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
30503 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30505 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
30514 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
30520 This is done via the menu
30522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30523 Insert Regular Expression
30526 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
30535 while the cursor is in the
30540 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
30541 expression matching rules
30545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30546 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
30548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30552 \begin_inset space ~
30555 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
30556 to match expressions.
30561 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
30562 same text in the document.
30563 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
30564 Examples of using such a feature may be:
30567 \begin_layout Enumerate
30568 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
30573 editor the fraction
30574 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30578 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30581 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30582 fractions with the given denominator.
30585 \begin_layout Enumerate
30586 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30592 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
30596 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
30604 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30609 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30610 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30612 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30615 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30616 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30619 \begin_layout Standard
30620 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30621 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30622 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30625 , and referring back to them through
30626 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30630 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30634 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30637 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30638 For example, try searching for the regexp
30639 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30642 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30645 \begin_layout Standard
30646 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30647 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30648 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30653 \begin_inset space ~
30657 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30660 always refers to the first occurrence of
30661 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30664 in all entered regexps.
30667 \begin_layout Standard
30668 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30672 \begin_layout Section
30674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30676 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30681 \begin_inset Index idx
30684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30693 \begin_layout Standard
30695 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303941439
30699 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303941464
30701 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303941464
30704 built-in spell checker.
30706 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303941484
30708 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303941484
30712 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303941504
30714 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303940735
30720 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303940758
30732 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303940761
30738 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303940769
30742 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944461
30747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303945189
30750 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
30751 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
30763 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303943654
30768 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303943734
30769 Which back-ends are available depends on the platform and the build-time
30770 configuration of the LyX program.
30772 g., on a Mac the operating system provides a spell checking service; there
30773 it is available as an additional back-end to choose from.
30774 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303941812
30775 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30781 can be seen as the successor to
30789 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30795 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30797 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303943789
30800 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30806 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303941721
30810 \begin_layout Standard
30812 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303943659
30813 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30814 This does work with all back-ends, assuming you have marked the different
30815 languages appropriately and the dictionaries installed.
30820 \begin_layout Standard
30821 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30822 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30823 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303943857
30827 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303943858
30835 \begin_layout Standard
30838 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30841 or the toolbar button
30844 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30847 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30848 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30849 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30850 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30851 scrolled so that it is visible.
30856 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30858 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30862 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30863 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30866 \begin_layout Standard
30867 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30870 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30875 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303944090
30879 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944022
30883 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944025
30887 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303944046
30891 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303944053
30895 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944162
30899 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944177
30902 , spell checking will
30903 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303944190
30904 bring an error message
30905 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944217
30906 automatically switch to the appropriate dictionaries
30910 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303944236
30912 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944236
30916 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303944256
30917 another dictionary file
30918 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944268
30919 the language of a word
30922 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944284
30926 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303944339
30928 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944340
30932 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944323
30934 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303944351
30937 Alternative language
30940 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303944359
30944 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303943130
30948 \begin_layout Standard
30950 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303943130
30951 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30956 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30960 \begin_layout Standard
30961 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30962 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30964 But you can use the
30967 \begin_inset space ~
30971 \begin_inset space ~
30979 \begin_layout Standard
30981 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303941691
30982 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30983 This does work with
30987 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30992 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30996 \begin_layout Standard
31001 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
31004 \begin_layout Description
31006 \begin_inset space ~
31009 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31010 should consider, e.
31011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31015 \begin_inset space \space{}
31018 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
31019 This should not normally be needed.
31022 \begin_layout Description
31024 \begin_inset space ~
31027 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
31028 the spell checker's default choice
31031 \begin_layout Description
31033 \begin_inset space ~
31037 \begin_inset space ~
31040 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31052 \begin_layout Description
31054 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303936874
31056 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303936879
31060 \begin_inset space ~
31064 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303936885
31066 \begin_inset space ~
31070 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303936887
31074 \change_deleted 1556375488 1303936911
31075 Uses the document encoding that is set in the
31077 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31084 also for the spellchecker.
31088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 The encodings are explained in section
31090 \begin_inset space ~
31094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31096 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31105 Only enable this if you use
31109 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
31110 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
31111 so this is disabled by default
31112 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303937021
31113 Check the spelling of your document as you type it
31117 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303943477
31118 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31119 The suggestions by the spell checker will be added to the context menu
31120 of a misspelled word if there were some found.
31121 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31125 \begin_layout Description
31127 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303937867
31129 \begin_inset space ~
31133 \begin_inset space ~
31137 \begin_inset space ~
31140 comments The spelling of non-printed document contents is checked as well.
31141 You may disable this by deactivating this option.
31146 \begin_layout Section
31148 \begin_inset Index idx
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31160 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31167 \begin_layout Standard
31168 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31169 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31181 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31190 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31191 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31192 are available for many languages.
31195 \begin_layout Standard
31196 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31200 \begin_layout Subsection
31201 Setting up the thesaurus
31204 \begin_layout Standard
31209 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31214 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31219 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31225 en_EN for English).
31226 For instance, the English files are named:
31229 \begin_layout Itemize
31233 \begin_layout Itemize
31237 \begin_layout Standard
31238 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31239 already on your system.
31240 If not, you can get dictionaries
31241 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
31243 \begin_inset Flex URL
31246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31248 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
31250 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31260 \begin_inset Flex URL
31263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31265 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31272 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
31273 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
31278 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31280 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31281 unpack a zip archive.
31282 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
31287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31289 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
31290 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31291 \begin_inset Flex URL
31294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31296 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
31298 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31303 are usually packed in extension archives (
31307 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31309 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31310 unpack a zip archive.
31318 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
31322 \begin_layout Standard
31331 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31332 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31334 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31335 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31339 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31342 \begin_layout Subsection
31343 Using the thesaurus
31346 \begin_layout Standard
31347 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31349 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31352 or the toolbar button
31355 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31358 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31360 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31362 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31363 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31364 and hyponyms (such as
31372 ), compounds (such as
31376 ) and antonyms (such as
31384 ), which are marked as such.
31387 \begin_layout Standard
31388 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31389 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31393 \begin_layout Standard
31394 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31395 the dictionary, such as the above
31399 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31404 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31405 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31406 For example looking up the word forms
31414 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31419 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31432 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31433 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31434 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31437 \begin_layout Subsection
31438 License of the Thesaurus library
31441 \begin_layout Standard
31446 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
31451 as a standalone program.
31452 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
31453 The library was released under the
31455 Berkeley Database License
31457 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
31458 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
31459 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
31461 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
31464 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
31468 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
31471 \begin_layout Section
31473 \begin_inset Index idx
31476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31483 \begin_inset Index idx
31486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31487 Document ! Change Tracking
31493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31495 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31502 \begin_layout Standard
31503 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31504 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31505 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31506 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31508 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31510 \begin_inset space ~
31513 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31515 \begin_inset space ~
31523 \begin_layout Standard
31524 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31538 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31539 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31542 \begin_inset space ~
31546 \begin_inset space ~
31556 \begin_inset Index idx
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31560 Color ! Change tracking
31565 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31566 the cursor is in changed text.
31567 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31570 arg "changes-merge"
31576 \begin_layout Standard
31577 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31578 \begin_inset Index idx
31581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31590 \begin_layout Standard
31591 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31597 \begin_layout Standard
31598 \begin_inset Graphics
31599 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31607 \begin_layout Standard
31608 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31614 \begin_layout Standard
31615 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31619 \begin_layout Standard
31620 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31626 \begin_layout Standard
31627 \begin_inset Tabular
31628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31629 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31630 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31631 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31641 arg "changes-track"
31649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31655 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31657 \begin_inset space ~
31660 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31662 \begin_inset space ~
31671 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31680 arg "changes-output"
31688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31696 \begin_inset space ~
31699 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31701 \begin_inset space ~
31705 \begin_inset space ~
31709 \begin_inset space ~
31718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31739 Jumps to the next change
31745 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31754 arg "change-accept"
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31770 \begin_inset space ~
31773 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31775 \begin_inset space ~
31784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31793 arg "change-reject"
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31807 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31809 \begin_inset space ~
31812 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31814 \begin_inset space ~
31823 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31832 arg "changes-merge"
31840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31846 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31848 \begin_inset space ~
31851 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31853 \begin_inset space ~
31862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31871 arg "all-changes-accept"
31879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31885 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31887 \begin_inset space ~
31890 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31892 \begin_inset space ~
31896 \begin_inset space ~
31905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31914 arg "all-changes-reject"
31922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31928 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31930 \begin_inset space ~
31933 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31935 \begin_inset space ~
31939 \begin_inset space ~
31948 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31972 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31974 \begin_inset space ~
31983 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32008 \begin_inset space ~
32024 \begin_layout Standard
32025 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32031 \begin_layout Standard
32032 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32033 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32034 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32035 the next change after the current cursor position.
32036 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32037 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32038 step to the next change.
32039 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32042 \begin_layout Standard
32043 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32044 to describe a change.
32047 \begin_layout Standard
32048 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32053 \begin_inset Index idx
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32063 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32064 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32070 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32073 \begin_layout Section
32074 International Support
32075 \begin_inset Index idx
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 International support
32087 \begin_layout Standard
32088 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32089 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32090 how to set up LyX to use them:
32091 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32093 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32100 \begin_layout Standard
32101 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32102 \begin_inset space ~
32106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32108 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32115 \begin_layout Subsection
32117 \begin_inset Index idx
32120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32127 \begin_inset Index idx
32130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 Document ! Settings
32137 \begin_inset Index idx
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32141 Document ! Language
32149 \begin_layout Standard
32152 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32155 dialog lets you set
32157 the language and character encoding for your language.
32161 \begin_layout Standard
32162 Choose your language in the
32166 section of this dialog.
32174 \begin_layout Standard
32179 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32184 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32185 For details about the different encoding options see section
32186 \begin_inset space ~
32190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32192 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
32199 \begin_layout Subsection
32200 Keyboard mapping configuration
32201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32203 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32210 \begin_layout Standard
32211 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32212 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32213 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32214 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32215 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32217 \begin_inset space ~
32221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32223 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32228 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32229 which one you want to use.
32232 \begin_layout Standard
32233 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32234 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32235 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32236 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32237 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32238 one to support the characters you want.
32239 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32246 \begin_layout Subsection
32250 \begin_layout Standard
32252 \begin_inset space ~
32256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32258 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32267 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32271 \begin_layout Standard
32272 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32273 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32281 \begin_layout Itemize
32282 Even if you have selected
32288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32291 dialog, users who have only the
32295 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32299 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32300 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32301 french quotes won't show up.
32304 \begin_layout Standard
32305 \begin_inset Float table
32310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32311 \begin_inset Caption
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32316 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32334 \begin_inset Tabular
32335 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32336 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32337 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32338 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32339 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32340 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32341 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32342 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32343 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32345 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32346 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32347 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32348 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32349 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32351 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32352 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36766 \begin_layout Standard
36767 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
36769 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
36770 also the characters from
36782 \begin_layout Itemize
36791 \begin_layout Standard
36792 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36793 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36799 \begin_layout Standard
36800 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36807 \begin_layout Standard
36808 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36809 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36815 \begin_layout Standard
36816 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36817 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36823 \begin_layout Standard
36825 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36831 \begin_layout Standard
36833 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36839 \begin_layout Standard
36841 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36848 \begin_layout Itemize
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36863 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36869 \begin_layout Standard
36871 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36877 \begin_layout Standard
36879 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36885 \begin_layout Standard
36887 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36893 \begin_layout Standard
36895 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36901 \begin_layout Standard
36903 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36910 \begin_layout Standard
36911 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36912 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36913 Also make sure you're using the
36920 \begin_layout Chapter
36923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36925 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36932 \begin_layout Standard
36933 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36934 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36935 topic inside the user's guide.
36938 \begin_layout Section
36940 \begin_inset Index idx
36943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36952 \begin_layout Standard
36957 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36958 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36961 \begin_layout Subsection
36965 \begin_layout Standard
36966 Creates a new document.
36969 \begin_layout Subsection
36973 \begin_layout Standard
36974 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36975 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36976 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36979 \begin_layout Subsection
36983 \begin_layout Standard
36987 \begin_layout Subsection
36991 \begin_layout Standard
36992 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36993 Click there on a file to open it.
36996 \begin_layout Subsection
37000 \begin_layout Standard
37001 Closes the current document.
37004 \begin_layout Subsection
37008 \begin_layout Standard
37009 Closes all opened documents.
37012 \begin_layout Subsection
37016 \begin_layout Standard
37017 Saves the actual document.
37020 \begin_layout Subsection
37024 \begin_layout Standard
37025 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37028 \begin_layout Subsection
37032 \begin_layout Standard
37033 Saves all opened documents.
37036 \begin_layout Subsection
37040 \begin_layout Standard
37041 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37044 \begin_layout Subsection
37048 \begin_layout Standard
37049 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37050 It is described in the section
37052 Version Control in LyX
37056 Additional Features
37061 \begin_layout Subsection
37065 \begin_layout Standard
37066 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37067 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37068 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37069 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37072 \begin_layout Standard
37073 When using the menu entry
37076 \begin_inset space ~
37081 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37085 \begin_inset space ~
37089 \begin_inset space ~
37094 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37095 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37098 \begin_layout Subsection
37100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37109 \begin_layout Standard
37110 You can export your document to various file formats.
37111 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37112 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37113 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37116 \begin_layout Standard
37117 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37119 \begin_inset space ~
37123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37125 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37132 \begin_layout Description
37136 \begin_inset space ~
37141 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
37143 \begin_inset Newline newline
37146 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37149 \begin_layout Description
37157 \begin_layout Description
37158 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37162 \begin_layout Description
37164 \begin_inset space ~
37168 \begin_inset space ~
37171 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37175 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37183 \begin_layout Description
37190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 \begin_inset space ~
37203 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37204 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37208 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37211 \begin_layout Description
37218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 \begin_inset space ~
37231 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37232 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37240 \begin_layout Description
37242 \begin_inset space ~
37245 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
37246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37253 is replaced by the version number)
37256 \begin_layout Description
37257 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37260 \begin_layout Description
37261 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
37274 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37278 \begin_layout Description
37282 \begin_inset space ~
37287 PDF-format using the program
37292 \begin_layout Description
37296 \begin_inset space ~
37301 PDF-format using the program
37306 \begin_layout Description
37310 \begin_inset space ~
37315 PDF-format using the program
37320 \begin_layout Description
37324 \begin_inset space ~
37332 \begin_layout Description
37336 \begin_inset space ~
37340 \begin_inset space ~
37345 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
37346 and then exported as text using the program
37351 \begin_layout Description
37356 PostScript format using the program
37361 \begin_layout Description
37369 \begin_layout Standard
37374 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
37375 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
37381 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
37384 \begin_layout Standard
37385 If one of the menu entries
37392 \begin_inset space ~
37401 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37402 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37403 \begin_inset space ~
37407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37409 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37414 \begin_inset Index idx
37417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37418 Reconfiguration of LyX
37426 \begin_layout Standard
37431 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
37432 the export program.
37435 \begin_layout Subsection
37439 \begin_layout Standard
37440 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37441 format or send it to a printer.
37442 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37443 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37449 For more information have a look at section
37450 \begin_inset space ~
37454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37456 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37463 \begin_layout Subsection
37467 \begin_layout Standard
37468 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37469 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37470 prefix, see section
37471 \begin_inset space ~
37475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37477 reference "sec:Paths"
37482 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37491 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37492 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37493 \begin_inset space ~
37497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37499 reference "sub:Converters"
37506 \begin_layout Subsection
37507 New and Close Window
37510 \begin_layout Standard
37511 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37514 \begin_layout Subsection
37518 \begin_layout Standard
37519 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37522 \begin_layout Section
37524 \begin_inset Index idx
37527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37536 \begin_layout Subsection
37540 \begin_layout Standard
37541 Described in section
37542 \begin_inset space ~
37546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37548 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37555 \begin_layout Subsection
37556 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37559 \begin_layout Standard
37560 Described in section
37561 \begin_inset space ~
37565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37567 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37574 \begin_layout Subsection
37578 \begin_layout Standard
37579 Selects the whole document.
37582 \begin_layout Subsection
37586 \begin_layout Standard
37587 Described in section
37588 \begin_inset space ~
37592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37594 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37601 \begin_layout Subsection
37602 Move Paragraph Up/Down
37605 \begin_layout Standard
37606 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
37610 \begin_layout Subsection
37614 \begin_layout Standard
37615 Described in section
37616 \begin_inset space ~
37620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37622 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
37629 \begin_layout Subsection
37631 \begin_inset Index idx
37634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37635 Paragraph ! Settings
37643 \begin_layout Standard
37644 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
37645 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
37648 \begin_layout Standard
37649 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
37650 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
37652 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37658 \begin_inset space ~
37666 \begin_layout Subsection
37667 Table Settings and Math
37670 \begin_layout Standard
37671 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
37673 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
37674 The properties of tables are described in section
37675 \begin_inset space ~
37679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37681 reference "sec:Tables"
37685 , the properties of formulas in chapter
37686 \begin_inset space ~
37690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37692 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37699 \begin_layout Subsection
37700 Increase / Decrease List Depth
37703 \begin_layout Standard
37704 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
37705 that can be nested.
37706 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
37707 \begin_inset space ~
37711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37713 reference "sec:Nesting"
37718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37720 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37727 \begin_layout Section
37729 \begin_inset Index idx
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37741 \begin_layout Standard
37746 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
37747 document with an external program.
37748 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
37749 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
37750 All possible formats are formats listed in section
37751 \begin_inset space ~
37755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37757 reference "sub:Export"
37762 You should at least see the menu entries
37769 \begin_inset space ~
37775 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37776 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37777 \begin_inset space ~
37781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37783 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37788 \begin_inset Index idx
37791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37792 Reconfiguration of LyX
37800 \begin_layout Standard
37801 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37802 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37803 \begin_inset space ~
37807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37809 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37814 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37817 \begin_layout Standard
37818 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37821 At the bottom of the
37825 menu the opened documents are listed.
37828 \begin_layout Subsection
37829 Open/Close all Insets
37832 \begin_layout Standard
37833 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37836 \begin_layout Subsection
37837 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37840 \begin_layout Standard
37841 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37844 \begin_layout Standard
37845 Math macros are described in the
37852 \begin_layout Subsection
37856 \begin_layout Standard
37857 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37859 \begin_inset space ~
37863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37865 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37870 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219943
37874 \begin_layout Subsection
37876 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219959
37880 \begin_layout Standard
37882 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220076
37883 Opens a window showing console messages.
37884 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
37885 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37888 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
37889 while LaTeX is processing the document,
37892 \begin_layout Subsection
37894 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220084
37898 \begin_layout Standard
37900 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220342
37901 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
37902 format either in the preferences (see sec.
37903 \begin_inset space ~
37907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37909 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37913 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37914 \begin_inset space ~
37918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37920 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37924 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
37927 \begin_layout Subsection
37929 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220353
37930 View (Other Formats)
37933 \begin_layout Standard
37935 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220444
37936 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
37941 \begin_layout Subsection
37945 \begin_layout Standard
37946 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes
37947 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220297
37948 (in the default output format as described in the previous section)
37950 without opening a new view
37951 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220263
37955 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220384
37959 \begin_layout Subsection
37961 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220388
37962 Update (Other Formats)
37965 \begin_layout Standard
37967 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220467
37968 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
37969 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
37972 \begin_layout Subsection
37974 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220487
37975 View Master Document
37978 \begin_layout Standard
37980 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220814
37981 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37998 manual for more information on this topic).
37999 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38000 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38005 generates the output of the whole book, while
38009 will just output the chapter alone.
38012 \begin_layout Standard
38014 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220854
38015 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38016 in the preferences (see sec.
38017 \begin_inset space ~
38021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38023 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38027 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38028 \begin_inset space ~
38032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38034 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38041 \begin_layout Subsection
38043 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220878
38044 Update Master Document
38047 \begin_layout Standard
38049 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220947
38050 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38067 manual for more information on this topic).
38068 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38069 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38072 \begin_layout Standard
38074 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220879
38075 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38076 in the preferences (see sec.
38077 \begin_inset space ~
38081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38083 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38087 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38088 \begin_inset space ~
38092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38094 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38101 \begin_layout Subsection
38105 \begin_layout Standard
38106 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38107 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38108 view the same document, but at different positions.
38109 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38110 or more documents at the same time.
38111 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38118 \begin_layout Subsection
38122 \begin_layout Standard
38123 Closes a split view.
38126 \begin_layout Subsection
38130 \begin_layout Standard
38131 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38132 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38133 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38134 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38135 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38138 \begin_layout Subsection
38140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38142 name "sub:Toolbars"
38147 \begin_inset Index idx
38150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38159 \begin_layout Standard
38160 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38161 All toolbars and the
38164 \begin_inset space ~
38169 can be turned on and off.
38174 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38186 \begin_inset space ~
38195 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38199 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38206 \begin_layout Standard
38211 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38215 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38216 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38217 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38218 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38219 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38222 \begin_layout Standard
38223 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38224 \begin_inset space ~
38228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38230 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38237 \begin_layout Section
38239 \begin_inset Index idx
38242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38251 \begin_layout Subsection
38255 \begin_layout Standard
38256 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38257 \begin_inset space ~
38261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38263 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38274 \begin_layout Subsection
38276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38278 name "sub:Special-Character"
38285 \begin_layout Standard
38286 Here you can insert the following characters:
38289 \begin_layout Description
38290 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38291 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38292 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38293 \begin_inset Newline newline
38297 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38305 Not all characters will be visible in the
38309 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38317 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38321 ) can display every character.
38329 \begin_layout Description
38330 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38334 \begin_layout Description
38336 \begin_inset space ~
38340 \begin_inset space ~
38343 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38344 \begin_inset space ~
38348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38350 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38357 \begin_layout Description
38359 \begin_inset space ~
38362 Quote Inserts this quote:
38363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38366 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
38368 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38378 \begin_layout Description
38380 \begin_inset space ~
38383 Quote Inserts this quote:
38384 \begin_inset Quotes els
38390 \begin_layout Description
38392 \begin_inset space ~
38395 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38399 \begin_layout Description
38401 \begin_inset space ~
38404 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38408 \begin_layout Description
38410 \begin_inset space ~
38413 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38417 \begin_layout Description
38419 \begin_inset space ~
38423 \begin_inset Index idx
38426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38433 \begin_inset Index idx
38436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38437 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38442 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38443 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38444 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38449 \begin_inset Index idx
38452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38453 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38459 \begin_inset Newline newline
38462 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38466 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38474 and this Wiki-page:
38475 \begin_inset Newline newline
38479 \begin_inset Flex URL
38482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38484 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38492 \begin_layout Subsection
38496 \begin_layout Standard
38497 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38500 \begin_layout Description
38501 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38502 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
38508 \begin_layout Description
38509 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38510 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
38516 \begin_layout Description
38518 \begin_inset space ~
38521 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38522 \begin_inset space ~
38526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38528 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38535 \begin_layout Description
38537 \begin_inset space ~
38540 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38541 \begin_inset space ~
38545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38547 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38554 \begin_layout Description
38556 \begin_inset space ~
38559 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38560 \begin_inset space ~
38564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38566 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38573 \begin_layout Description
38575 \begin_inset space ~
38578 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38579 \begin_inset space ~
38583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38585 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
38592 \begin_layout Description
38594 \begin_inset space ~
38597 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
38598 \begin_inset space ~
38602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38604 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
38611 \begin_layout Description
38613 \begin_inset space ~
38616 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
38617 \begin_inset space ~
38621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38623 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
38630 \begin_layout Description
38632 \begin_inset space ~
38635 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
38636 \begin_inset space ~
38640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38642 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
38649 \begin_layout Description
38651 \begin_inset space ~
38654 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
38655 \begin_inset space ~
38659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38661 reference "sub:Ligatures"
38668 \begin_layout Description
38670 \begin_inset space ~
38674 \begin_inset space ~
38677 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
38678 \begin_inset space ~
38682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38684 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38691 \begin_layout Description
38693 \begin_inset space ~
38696 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
38697 text line to the page border, see section
38698 \begin_inset space ~
38702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38704 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38711 \begin_layout Description
38713 \begin_inset space ~
38716 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
38717 \begin_inset space ~
38721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38723 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38730 \begin_layout Description
38732 \begin_inset space ~
38735 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
38736 text page to the page border, described in section
38737 \begin_inset space ~
38741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38743 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38750 \begin_layout Description
38752 \begin_inset space ~
38755 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
38756 \begin_inset space ~
38760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38762 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38769 \begin_layout Description
38771 \begin_inset space ~
38775 \begin_inset space ~
38778 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
38779 \begin_inset space ~
38783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38785 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38792 \begin_layout Subsection
38796 \begin_layout Standard
38797 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38798 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38800 \begin_inset space ~
38804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38806 reference "sec:toc"
38811 The index list is described in section
38812 \begin_inset space ~
38816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38818 reference "sec:Index"
38822 , the nomenclature in section
38823 \begin_inset space ~
38827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38829 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38833 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38834 \begin_inset space ~
38838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38840 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38847 \begin_layout Subsection
38851 \begin_layout Standard
38852 To insert floats, described in section
38853 \begin_inset space ~
38857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38859 reference "sec:Floats"
38866 \begin_layout Subsection
38870 \begin_layout Standard
38871 To insert notes, described in section
38872 \begin_inset space ~
38876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38878 reference "sec:Notes"
38885 \begin_layout Subsection
38889 \begin_layout Standard
38890 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38891 \begin_inset space ~
38895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38897 reference "sec:Branches"
38904 \begin_layout Subsection
38908 \begin_layout Standard
38909 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38910 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38912 An example is the document class
38913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38920 with three custom insets.
38923 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38929 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38932 \begin_layout Subsection
38934 \begin_inset Index idx
38937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38946 \begin_layout Standard
38947 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38948 files in your document.
38949 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38960 \begin_layout Subsection
38962 \begin_inset Index idx
38965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38974 \begin_layout Standard
38975 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38976 \begin_inset space ~
38980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38982 reference "sec:Minipages"
38987 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38998 \begin_layout Subsection
39002 \begin_layout Standard
39003 Inserts a citation as described in section
39004 \begin_inset space ~
39008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39010 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39017 \begin_layout Subsection
39021 \begin_layout Standard
39022 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39023 \begin_inset space ~
39027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39029 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39036 \begin_layout Subsection
39040 \begin_layout Standard
39041 Inserts a label as described in section
39042 \begin_inset space ~
39046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39048 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39055 \begin_layout Subsection
39057 \begin_inset Index idx
39060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39067 \begin_inset Index idx
39070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39071 Longtables ! Caption
39079 \begin_layout Standard
39080 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39081 Floats are described in section
39082 \begin_inset space ~
39086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39088 reference "sec:Floats"
39092 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39103 \begin_layout Subsection
39107 \begin_layout Standard
39108 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39109 \begin_inset space ~
39113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39115 reference "sec:Index"
39122 \begin_layout Subsection
39126 \begin_layout Standard
39127 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39128 \begin_inset space ~
39132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39134 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39141 \begin_layout Subsection
39145 \begin_layout Standard
39147 Tables are described in section
39148 \begin_inset space ~
39152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39154 reference "sec:Tables"
39161 \begin_layout Subsection
39165 \begin_layout Standard
39167 Graphics are described in section
39168 \begin_inset space ~
39172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39174 reference "sec:Graphics"
39181 \begin_layout Subsection
39185 \begin_layout Standard
39186 Inserts an URL as described in section
39187 \begin_inset space ~
39191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39193 reference "sub:URLs"
39200 \begin_layout Subsection
39204 \begin_layout Standard
39205 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39206 \begin_inset space ~
39210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39212 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39219 \begin_layout Subsection
39223 \begin_layout Standard
39224 Inserts a footnote, see section
39225 \begin_inset space ~
39229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39231 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39238 \begin_layout Subsection
39242 \begin_layout Standard
39243 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39244 \begin_inset space ~
39248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39250 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39257 \begin_layout Subsection
39261 \begin_layout Standard
39262 Inserts a short title, see section
39263 \begin_inset space ~
39267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39269 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39276 \begin_layout Subsection
39280 \begin_layout Standard
39281 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39282 \begin_inset space ~
39286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39288 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39295 \begin_layout Subsection
39297 \begin_inset Index idx
39300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39309 \begin_layout Standard
39310 Inserts a program listings box.
39311 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39313 Program Code Listings
39322 \begin_layout Subsection
39326 \begin_layout Standard
39327 Inserts the actual date.
39328 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39330 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39342 \begin_layout Section
39344 \begin_inset Index idx
39347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39356 \begin_layout Standard
39357 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39358 \begin_inset space ~
39361 of the current document.
39362 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39365 \begin_layout Subsection
39369 \begin_layout Standard
39370 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39371 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39377 \begin_inset space \space{}
39381 \begin_inset space ~
39385 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39386 \begin_inset space ~
39389 2.5 and use the menu
39392 \begin_inset space ~
39396 \begin_inset space ~
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39409 \begin_inset space ~
39413 \begin_inset space ~
39419 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39423 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39429 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39435 \begin_layout Standard
39436 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39437 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39440 \begin_layout Subsection
39441 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39444 \begin_layout Standard
39445 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39449 \begin_layout Subsection
39453 \begin_layout Standard
39454 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39455 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39456 on a cross-reference box.
39459 \begin_layout Section
39461 \begin_inset Index idx
39464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39473 \begin_layout Subsection
39477 \begin_layout Standard
39478 Change Tracking is described in section
39479 \begin_inset space ~
39483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39485 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39492 \begin_layout Subsection
39497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39507 \begin_layout Standard
39508 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39510 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39513 \begin_layout Standard
39514 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39519 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39522 \begin_layout Subsection
39526 \begin_layout Standard
39527 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39528 \begin_inset space ~
39532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39534 reference "sec:Navigating"
39539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39541 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
39548 \begin_layout Subsection
39549 Start Appendix Here
39552 \begin_layout Standard
39553 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
39554 position as described in section
39555 \begin_inset space ~
39559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39561 reference "sec:Appendices"
39568 \begin_layout Subsection
39572 \begin_layout Standard
39573 Un/compresses the current document.
39576 \begin_layout Subsection
39580 \begin_layout Standard
39581 The document settings are described in appendix
39582 \begin_inset space ~
39586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39588 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39595 \begin_layout Section
39597 \begin_inset Index idx
39600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39609 \begin_layout Subsection
39613 \begin_layout Standard
39614 Spell checking is explained in section
39615 \begin_inset space ~
39619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39621 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39628 \begin_layout Subsection
39632 \begin_layout Standard
39633 The thesaurus is described in section
39634 \begin_inset space ~
39638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39640 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
39647 \begin_layout Subsection
39649 \begin_inset Index idx
39652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39659 \begin_inset Index idx
39662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39671 \begin_layout Standard
39672 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
39673 highlighted document part.
39676 \begin_layout Subsection
39678 \begin_inset Index idx
39681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39690 \begin_layout Standard
39691 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
39694 \begin_layout Subsection
39696 \begin_inset Index idx
39699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39700 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
39704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39711 Reconfiguration of LyX
39715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39728 \begin_inset Index idx
39731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39732 Reconfiguration of LyX
39740 \begin_layout Standard
39741 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
39742 and needed programs it needs; see also section
39743 \begin_inset space ~
39747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39749 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39756 \begin_layout Subsection
39760 \begin_layout Standard
39761 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
39762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39768 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39775 \begin_layout Section
39777 \begin_inset Index idx
39780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39789 \begin_layout Standard
39790 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39794 \begin_layout Standard
39798 \begin_inset space ~
39803 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39804 found by LyX (see also section
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39811 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39818 \begin_layout Section
39820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39822 name "sec:Toolbars"
39829 \begin_layout Standard
39830 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39831 \begin_inset space ~
39835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39837 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39844 \begin_layout Standard
39845 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39846 This is described in the
39848 Additional Features
39853 \begin_layout Subsection
39855 \begin_inset Index idx
39858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39867 \begin_layout Standard
39868 \begin_inset Graphics
39869 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39877 \begin_layout Standard
39878 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39884 \begin_layout Standard
39885 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39902 \begin_inset Note Note
39905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39906 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39911 manual for more information.
39919 \begin_layout Standard
39920 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39926 \begin_layout Standard
39927 \begin_inset Tabular
39928 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39929 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39930 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39937 \begin_inset Graphics
39938 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39952 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39965 \begin_layout Standard
39966 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39972 \begin_layout Standard
39974 \begin_inset Tabular
39975 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39976 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39977 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39978 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40002 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40009 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40032 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40039 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40062 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40078 arg "dialog-show print"
40086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40092 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40108 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40122 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40152 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40182 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40189 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40212 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40219 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40242 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40272 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40288 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40302 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40326 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40340 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40341 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40369 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
40371 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40373 \begin_inset space ~
40384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40405 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
40407 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40409 \begin_inset space ~
40420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40429 arg "textstyle-apply"
40437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40441 Formats text using the current settings in the
40443 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40445 \begin_inset space ~
40456 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40480 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40482 \begin_inset space ~
40491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40500 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40528 arg "tabular-insert"
40536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40542 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40549 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40558 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
40566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40570 Toggle outline window on/off,
40572 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40588 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
40596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40600 Toggle math toolbar on/off
40606 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40615 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
40623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40627 Toggle table toolbar on/off
40640 \begin_layout Subsection
40642 \begin_inset Index idx
40645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40654 \begin_layout Standard
40655 \begin_inset Graphics
40656 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
40664 \begin_layout Standard
40665 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40671 \begin_layout Standard
40672 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40676 \begin_layout Standard
40677 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40683 \begin_layout Standard
40684 \begin_inset Tabular
40685 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
40686 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40687 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40688 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40716 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40725 arg "layout Enumerate"
40733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40752 arg "layout Itemize"
40760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40770 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40797 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40806 arg "layout Description"
40814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40833 arg "depth-increment"
40841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40849 \begin_inset space ~
40853 \begin_inset space ~
40862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40871 arg "depth-decrement"
40879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40885 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40887 \begin_inset space ~
40891 \begin_inset space ~
40900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40909 arg "float-insert figure"
40917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40924 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40940 arg "float-insert table"
40948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40954 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40955 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40962 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40985 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40992 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41022 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41031 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41045 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41077 \begin_inset space ~
41086 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41095 arg "nomencl-insert"
41103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41111 \begin_inset space ~
41120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41129 arg "footnote-insert"
41137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41159 arg "marginalnote-insert"
41167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41175 \begin_inset space ~
41184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41208 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41210 \begin_inset space ~
41219 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41228 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41242 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41302 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41324 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41333 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41348 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41364 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41379 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41381 \begin_inset space ~
41390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41399 arg "dialog-show character"
41407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41413 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41415 \begin_inset space ~
41424 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41433 arg "layout-paragraph"
41441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41447 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41449 \begin_inset space ~
41458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41467 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41481 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41495 \begin_layout Subsection
41496 View / Update Toolbar
41497 \begin_inset Index idx
41500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41501 Toolbar ! View / Update
41507 \change_inserted -712698321 1299491111
41511 \begin_layout Standard
41512 \begin_inset Graphics
41513 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41520 \begin_layout Standard
41521 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41527 \begin_layout Standard
41528 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
41532 \begin_layout Standard
41533 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41539 \begin_layout Standard
41540 \begin_inset Tabular
41541 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
41542 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41543 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41544 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41545 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41568 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41570 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219015
41572 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219016
41581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41590 arg "buffer-update"
41598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41604 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41606 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219034
41607 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41625 arg "master-buffer-view"
41633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41639 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41641 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219081
41643 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219082
41652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41661 arg "master-buffer-update"
41669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41675 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41677 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219101
41678 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41680 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219102
41689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41698 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
41706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41711 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219324
41715 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219325
41718 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41720 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219329
41722 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219342
41723 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41724 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41725 Synchronize with Output
41733 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41739 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219584
41740 \begin_inset Graphics
41741 filename ../images/view-others.png
41743 groupId toolbarbuttons
41750 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219431
41754 arg "buffer-update ps"
41764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41771 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219507
41772 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41774 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219457
41775 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41776 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41778 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219471
41779 View (Other Formats)
41787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41793 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219587
41794 \begin_inset Graphics
41795 filename ../images/update-others.png
41797 groupId toolbarbuttons
41806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41811 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219513
41814 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41815 Update (Other Formats)
41826 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219552
41830 \begin_layout Standard
41832 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219630
41833 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
41839 \begin_layout Subsection
41843 \begin_layout Standard
41844 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41845 \begin_inset space ~
41849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41851 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41855 , the table toolbar
41856 \begin_inset Index idx
41859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41869 manual, the math macro toolbar
41870 \begin_inset Index idx
41873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41886 \begin_layout Chapter
41887 The Document Settings
41888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41890 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41895 \begin_inset Index idx
41898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41899 Document ! Settings
41907 \begin_layout Standard
41908 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41909 whole document and is called with the menu
41911 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41915 You can save your document settings as default with th
41917 e Save as Document Defaults
41919 button in the dialog.
41920 This will create a template named
41924 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41928 \begin_layout Standard
41929 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41932 \begin_layout Section
41936 \begin_layout Standard
41937 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41939 Document classes are described in section
41940 \begin_inset space ~
41944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41946 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41951 Some classes use some class options by default.
41952 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41956 and you can decide to use them or not.
41957 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41958 recommended not to touch them.
41959 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41965 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41966 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41972 When you want one of the following drivers
41973 \begin_inset Newline newline
41976 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41977 \begin_inset Newline newline
41980 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41985 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41987 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41999 \begin_layout Standard
42000 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42001 child or subdocument.
42002 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42003 without its master.
42004 This way child documents are always compilable.
42005 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42016 \begin_layout Section
42020 \begin_layout Standard
42021 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42022 Please refer to the section
42030 manual for details.
42033 \begin_layout Section
42037 \begin_layout Standard
42038 Modules are explained in section
42039 \begin_inset space ~
42043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42045 reference "sub:Modules"
42052 \begin_layout Section
42056 \begin_layout Standard
42057 The document font settings are described in section
42058 \begin_inset space ~
42062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42064 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42071 \begin_layout Section
42075 \begin_layout Standard
42076 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42078 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42082 \begin_layout Standard
42083 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42084 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42085 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42088 \begin_layout Standard
42089 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
42097 \begin_layout Section
42101 \begin_layout Standard
42102 A description of this menu is given in section
42103 \begin_inset space ~
42107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42109 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
42114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42116 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42123 \begin_layout Section
42127 \begin_layout Standard
42128 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42129 \begin_inset space ~
42133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42135 reference "sub:Margins"
42142 \begin_layout Section
42144 \begin_inset Index idx
42147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42148 Language ! Encoding
42156 \begin_layout Standard
42157 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42158 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42159 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42160 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42161 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42162 known for a particular character).
42166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42167 The known commands are defined in a text file.
42168 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
42173 manual for details.
42181 \begin_layout Standard
42182 If you use the option
42186 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
42187 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
42188 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
42189 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
42190 exactly one encoding.
42191 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
42194 \begin_layout Standard
42195 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
42196 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
42197 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
42198 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
42199 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
42200 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42205 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42206 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42207 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42208 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42209 engines to standard LaTeX.
42210 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42211 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42214 \begin_inset space ~
42221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42233 \begin_inset space ~
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42252 \begin_inset space ~
42258 \begin_inset space ~
42262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42264 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42268 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
42271 \begin_layout Standard
42272 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42275 \begin_layout Description
42277 \begin_inset space ~
42281 \begin_inset space ~
42285 \begin_inset space ~
42292 , but the LaTeX-package
42297 \begin_inset Index idx
42300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42301 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42307 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42308 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42309 languages in TeX code.
42312 \begin_layout Description
42313 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42314 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42315 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42318 \begin_layout Description
42320 \begin_inset space ~
42324 \begin_inset space ~
42327 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42330 \begin_layout Description
42332 \begin_inset space ~
42336 \begin_inset space ~
42339 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42342 \begin_layout Description
42344 \begin_inset space ~
42347 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42350 \begin_layout Description
42352 \begin_inset space ~
42356 \begin_inset space ~
42359 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42360 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42363 \begin_layout Description
42365 \begin_inset space ~
42369 \begin_inset space ~
42372 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42376 \begin_layout Description
42378 \begin_inset space ~
42382 \begin_inset space ~
42385 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42386 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42389 \begin_layout Description
42391 \begin_inset space ~
42395 \begin_inset space ~
42399 \begin_inset space ~
42402 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
42403 \begin_inset space ~
42409 \begin_layout Description
42411 \begin_inset space ~
42415 \begin_inset space ~
42419 \begin_inset space ~
42422 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
42423 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
42426 \begin_layout Description
42428 \begin_inset space ~
42432 \begin_inset space ~
42435 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
42436 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
42437 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42438 \begin_inset space ~
42442 \begin_inset space ~
42448 \begin_layout Description
42450 \begin_inset space ~
42454 \begin_inset space ~
42457 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
42458 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
42459 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
42460 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42461 \begin_inset space ~
42465 \begin_inset space ~
42471 \begin_layout Description
42473 \begin_inset space ~
42477 \begin_inset space ~
42480 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
42483 \begin_layout Description
42485 \begin_inset space ~
42489 \begin_inset space ~
42492 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
42495 \begin_layout Description
42497 \begin_inset space ~
42501 \begin_inset space ~
42504 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
42507 \begin_layout Description
42509 \begin_inset space ~
42512 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42515 \begin_layout Description
42517 \begin_inset space ~
42520 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42523 \begin_layout Description
42525 \begin_inset space ~
42529 \begin_inset space ~
42532 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42535 \begin_layout Description
42537 \begin_inset space ~
42541 \begin_inset space ~
42547 \begin_layout Description
42549 \begin_inset space ~
42553 \begin_inset space ~
42556 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42559 \begin_layout Description
42561 \begin_inset space ~
42565 \begin_inset space ~
42571 \begin_layout Description
42573 \begin_inset space ~
42577 \begin_inset space ~
42580 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42585 \begin_inset Index idx
42588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42589 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42594 , when using this, set the document language to
42599 \begin_layout Description
42601 \begin_inset space ~
42605 \begin_inset space ~
42608 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42612 , when using this, set the document language to
42615 \begin_inset space ~
42621 \begin_layout Description
42623 \begin_inset space ~
42627 \begin_inset space ~
42630 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42635 \begin_inset Index idx
42638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42639 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42644 , when using this, set the document language to
42649 \begin_layout Description
42651 \begin_inset space ~
42655 \begin_inset space ~
42658 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42662 , when using this, set the document language to
42667 \begin_layout Description
42669 \begin_inset space ~
42673 \begin_inset space ~
42676 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42680 , when using this, set the document language to
42685 \begin_layout Description
42687 \begin_inset space ~
42690 (EUC-KR) for Korean
42693 \begin_layout Description
42695 \begin_inset space ~
42699 \begin_inset space ~
42703 \begin_inset space ~
42706 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
42709 \begin_layout Description
42711 \begin_inset space ~
42715 \begin_inset space ~
42719 \begin_inset space ~
42722 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
42723 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
42724 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
42727 \begin_layout Description
42729 \begin_inset space ~
42733 \begin_inset space ~
42739 \begin_layout Description
42741 \begin_inset space ~
42745 \begin_inset space ~
42748 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
42749 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
42752 \begin_layout Description
42754 \begin_inset space ~
42758 \begin_inset space ~
42761 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
42766 \begin_inset Index idx
42769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42770 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42775 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42778 \begin_layout Description
42780 \begin_inset space ~
42784 \begin_inset space ~
42787 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42795 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42800 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42802 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42805 \begin_layout Description
42807 \begin_inset space ~
42811 \begin_inset space ~
42814 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42819 \begin_inset Index idx
42822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42823 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42828 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42831 \begin_layout Description
42833 \begin_inset space ~
42836 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42841 \begin_inset Index idx
42844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42845 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42851 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42855 \begin_layout Description
42857 \begin_inset space ~
42861 \begin_inset space ~
42865 \begin_inset space ~
42868 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42869 \begin_inset space ~
42875 \begin_layout Description
42877 \begin_inset space ~
42881 \begin_inset space ~
42885 \begin_inset space ~
42888 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42889 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42890 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42894 \begin_layout Description
42896 \begin_inset space ~
42900 \begin_inset space ~
42904 \begin_inset space ~
42907 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42908 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42909 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489919
42913 \begin_layout Standard
42915 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575911
42916 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42920 LatexCommand formatted
42921 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42925 for more information on the language package.
42930 \begin_layout Section
42934 \begin_layout Standard
42935 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42936 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42937 \begin_inset space ~
42941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42943 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42950 \begin_layout Section
42954 \begin_layout Standard
42955 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42960 \begin_inset Index idx
42963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42974 \begin_inset Index idx
42977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42983 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42988 \begin_inset Index idx
42991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42992 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42997 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42999 For a further description see section
43000 \begin_inset space ~
43004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43006 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43013 \begin_layout Section
43017 \begin_layout Standard
43018 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43019 and you can define additional indexes.
43020 Please refer to section
43021 \begin_inset space ~
43025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43027 reference "sec:Index"
43034 \begin_layout Section
43038 \begin_layout Standard
43039 The PDF properties are explained in section
43040 \begin_inset space ~
43044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43046 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43053 \begin_layout Section
43057 \begin_layout Standard
43058 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43063 \begin_inset Index idx
43066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43077 \begin_inset Index idx
43080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43081 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43086 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
43089 \begin_layout Standard
43094 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
43095 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
43098 \begin_layout Standard
43103 is used for special integral characters.
43106 \begin_layout Section
43110 \begin_layout Standard
43111 The float placement options are described in section
43112 \begin_inset space ~
43116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43118 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
43125 \begin_layout Section
43129 \begin_layout Standard
43130 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
43131 The itemize environment is described in section
43132 \begin_inset space ~
43136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43138 reference "sec:Itemize"
43145 \begin_layout Section
43149 \begin_layout Standard
43150 Branches are described in section
43151 \begin_inset space ~
43155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43157 reference "sec:Branches"
43162 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490648
43166 \begin_layout Section
43168 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490977
43170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43172 name "sec:Doc-Output"
43179 \begin_layout Standard
43181 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490684
43182 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
43185 \begin_layout Description
43187 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575868
43189 \begin_inset space ~
43193 \begin_inset space ~
43196 Format: The format that is used when you hit
43197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43216 View Master Document
43217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43224 Update Master Document
43225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43232 menu or the toolbar.
43233 The default is set in
43235 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43236 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43241 LatexCommand formatted
43242 reference "sec:File-Formats"
43249 \begin_layout Description
43251 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490926
43253 \begin_inset space ~
43257 \begin_inset space ~
43261 \begin_inset Note Note
43264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43266 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490928
43277 \begin_layout Description
43279 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490931
43281 \begin_inset space ~
43285 \begin_inset space ~
43289 \begin_inset Note Note
43292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43294 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490933
43307 \begin_layout Section
43312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43322 \begin_layout Standard
43323 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
43324 to define LaTeX-commands.
43325 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
43326 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
43330 \begin_layout Standard
43331 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
43332 \begin_inset space ~
43336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43338 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
43345 \begin_layout Chapter
43351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43353 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
43358 \begin_inset Index idx
43361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43370 \begin_layout Standard
43371 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
43373 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43377 It has the following submenus.
43380 \begin_layout Section
43384 \begin_layout Subsection
43388 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43389 User Interface File
43390 \begin_inset Index idx
43393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43394 Customization ! of toolbars
43400 \begin_inset Index idx
43403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43404 Customization ! of menus
43412 \begin_layout Standard
43413 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43421 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
43430 \begin_layout Standard
43431 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
43432 interface (ui) file.
43433 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
43434 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
43443 Both files are loaded by the
43448 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
43449 files and edit the entries.
43452 \begin_layout Standard
43453 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
43465 entries must be ended with an explicit
43490 and in the case of the
43491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43503 The syntax for the entries is:
43506 \begin_layout Standard
43507 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43535 \begin_layout Standard
43537 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43540 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43542 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43544 \begin_inset space ~
43552 \begin_layout Standard
43553 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43559 \begin_layout Standard
43560 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43562 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43565 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43569 \begin_layout Standard
43570 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43594 \begin_layout Standard
43596 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43599 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
43602 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43606 \begin_layout Standard
43609 Enable tool tips in main work area
43611 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
43615 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43619 \begin_layout Standard
43623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43630 restoring of window layout and geometries
43632 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
43633 in the last LyX session.
43636 \begin_layout Standard
43639 Restore cursor positions
43641 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
43645 \begin_layout Standard
43648 Load opened files from last session
43650 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
43653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43657 name "sub:Backup documents"
43662 \begin_inset Index idx
43665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43674 \begin_layout Standard
43679 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43682 \begin_layout Standard
43687 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43690 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43692 \begin_inset space ~
43700 \begin_layout Standard
43703 Open documents in tabs
43705 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
43709 \begin_layout Subsection
43711 \begin_inset Index idx
43714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43721 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43723 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
43730 \begin_layout Standard
43731 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
43734 \begin_layout Standard
43735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43743 This section only deals with the fonts
43748 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
43751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43752 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43763 \begin_layout Standard
43764 By default, LyX uses
43768 as roman (serif) font,
43776 (depends on the system) as
43779 \begin_inset space ~
43795 \begin_layout Standard
43796 You can change the font size with the
43801 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43802 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43805 \begin_layout Standard
43810 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43811 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43813 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43816 points have the size of 1
43817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43821 \begin_inset space ~
43825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43827 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43834 \begin_layout Standard
43839 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43844 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43845 \begin_inset space ~
43849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43851 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43858 \begin_layout Standard
43861 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43863 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43864 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43865 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43866 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43868 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43869 \begin_inset space ~
43875 \begin_layout Subsection
43877 \begin_inset Index idx
43880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43887 \begin_inset Index idx
43890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43899 \begin_layout Standard
43900 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43901 Choose an item in the list and use the
43908 \begin_layout Subsection
43910 \begin_inset Index idx
43913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43922 \begin_layout Standard
43923 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43926 \begin_layout Standard
43931 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43932 This feature is described in section
43933 \begin_inset space ~
43937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43939 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43946 \begin_layout Standard
43950 \begin_inset space ~
43954 \begin_inset space ~
43958 \begin_inset space ~
43963 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43966 \begin_layout Section
43968 \begin_inset Index idx
43971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43980 \begin_layout Subsection
43984 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43988 \begin_layout Standard
43991 Cursor follows scrollbar
43993 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43995 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303935761
43999 \begin_layout Standard
44001 \change_inserted 1556375488 1303936683
44002 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44007 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44008 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44013 \begin_layout Standard
44016 Sort environments alphabetically
44018 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44021 \begin_layout Standard
44024 Group environments by their category
44026 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44029 \begin_layout Standard
44030 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44042 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44046 \begin_layout Standard
44047 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44052 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44053 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44057 \begin_layout Subsection
44059 \begin_inset Index idx
44062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44069 \begin_inset Index idx
44072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44073 Settings ! Shortcuts
44081 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44085 \begin_layout Standard
44086 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
44087 Several binding files are available:
44090 \begin_layout Description
44091 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
44094 \begin_layout Description
44095 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
44106 \begin_layout Description
44107 mac.bind set of bindings for
44110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44118 \begin_layout Standard
44119 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
44123 , and bind files for special languages.
44124 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
44125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44129 \begin_inset space \space{}
44133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44141 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
44145 \begin_layout Standard
44146 Some bind-files, like
44150 , have only a small scope.
44151 When looking at the end of the file
44155 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
44158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44162 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
44167 \begin_inset Index idx
44170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44171 Key Bindings ! Editing
44179 \begin_layout Standard
44180 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
44181 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
44182 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
44185 Show key-bindings containing
44188 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
44189 Insert there for example as keyword
44190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44197 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
44199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44207 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
44208 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
44212 that you will find in the
44219 \begin_layout Standard
44221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44225 \begin_inset space \space{}
44236 , select the function and press the
44241 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
44242 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
44243 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
44244 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
44245 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
44247 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
44249 The binding for the function
44253 is an example of this.
44256 \begin_layout Standard
44257 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
44259 The syntax of the entries is:
44262 \begin_layout Standard
44268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44286 \begin_layout Subsection
44288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44290 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44295 \begin_inset Index idx
44298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44305 \begin_inset Index idx
44308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44309 Settings ! Keyboard Map
44317 \begin_layout Standard
44318 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
44319 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
44321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44325 \begin_inset space \space{}
44328 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
44329 can use the keyboard map file named
44336 \begin_layout Standard
44337 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44345 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
44353 \begin_layout Standard
44354 Besides this, you can specify here the
44356 Wheel scrolling speed
44359 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
44363 \begin_layout Subsection
44365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44367 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
44372 \begin_inset Index idx
44375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44384 \begin_layout Standard
44385 Input completion is described in sec.
44386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44392 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
44397 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
44399 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
44400 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
44404 \begin_layout Section
44406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44413 \begin_inset Index idx
44416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44423 \begin_inset Index idx
44426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44435 \begin_layout Description
44437 \begin_inset space ~
44440 directory This is LyX's working directory.
44441 It is the default when you
44452 \begin_inset space ~
44460 \begin_layout Description
44462 \begin_inset space ~
44465 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
44467 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44469 \begin_inset space ~
44473 \begin_inset space ~
44481 \begin_layout Description
44483 \begin_inset space ~
44486 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
44492 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44496 \begin_inset Newline newline
44500 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44512 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44520 \begin_layout Description
44522 \begin_inset space ~
44526 \begin_inset Index idx
44529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44535 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44536 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44537 \begin_inset space ~
44541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44543 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44551 will be used to save the backups.
44552 \begin_inset Newline newline
44555 The backup files have the ending
44556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44566 \begin_layout Description
44571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44578 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44579 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44580 \begin_inset Newline newline
44584 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44592 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
44600 \begin_layout Description
44602 \begin_inset space ~
44605 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
44608 \begin_layout Description
44610 \begin_inset space ~
44613 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
44614 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
44615 to find it on the system.
44616 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
44617 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
44619 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44626 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
44627 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
44631 \begin_layout Section
44635 \begin_layout Standard
44636 Here you can insert your name and email address.
44637 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
44639 \begin_inset space ~
44643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44645 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44649 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44652 \begin_layout Section
44654 \begin_inset Index idx
44657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44658 Language ! Settings
44664 \begin_inset Index idx
44667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44668 Settings ! Language
44676 \begin_layout Subsection
44678 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489311
44680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44682 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
44691 \begin_layout Description
44693 \begin_inset space ~
44697 \begin_inset space ~
44700 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
44701 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
44702 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
44703 You find the actual translation status here:
44704 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44706 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44707 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44714 \begin_layout Description
44716 \begin_inset space ~
44719 language is the language used in new documents
44722 \begin_layout Description
44724 \begin_inset space ~
44728 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488193
44730 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488196
44732 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488202
44733 LaTeX-command to load a
44734 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488203
44738 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488206
44740 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488206
44744 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488213
44746 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488217
44747 should be loaded to
44750 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488219
44754 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488496
44756 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
44757 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
44758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44777 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488237
44778 default is the LaTeX-command
44785 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44786 most widespread language
44789 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44795 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488633
44798 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44799 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44800 with an alternative language package (
44804 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44805 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44807 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488271
44812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44813 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
44814 \begin_inset space ~
44818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44820 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
44832 \begin_inset Newline newline
44836 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488707
44837 The available selections are:
44841 \begin_layout Itemize
44844 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488784
44853 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44857 \begin_layout Itemize
44860 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488874
44865 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44866 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44867 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44870 \begin_layout Itemize
44873 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488983
44878 Lets you load some other language package (via
44891 \begin_layout Itemize
44894 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488998
44899 Loads no language package at all
44900 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488523
44905 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44906 to the document language.
44907 A text label is, for instance, the word
44908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44915 at the beginning of every table caption.
44921 \begin_layout Description
44923 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489281
44925 \begin_inset space ~
44929 \begin_inset space ~
44932 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44936 \begin_layout Description
44938 \begin_inset space ~
44941 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44942 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44943 An example is the start command
44949 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44954 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44969 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44974 \begin_layout Description
44976 \begin_inset space ~
44984 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44985 command toggles the package on and off.
44988 \begin_layout Description
44990 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489034
44992 \begin_inset space ~
45004 \begin_layout Description
45006 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489068
45008 \begin_inset space ~
45012 \begin_inset space ~
45016 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489066
45018 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489071
45022 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489073
45025 When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
45026 as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all
45028 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45035 \begin_layout Description
45037 \begin_inset space ~
45040 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45042 When this option is not set, the
45045 \begin_inset space ~
45050 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45051 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45054 \begin_inset space ~
45062 \begin_layout Description
45064 \begin_inset space ~
45070 \begin_inset space ~
45076 When it is not set, the
45079 \begin_inset space ~
45084 is set to the end of the document.
45087 \begin_layout Description
45089 \begin_inset space ~
45093 \begin_inset space ~
45096 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45097 language will be underlined blue.
45100 \begin_layout Description
45102 \begin_inset space ~
45106 \begin_inset space ~
45109 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45110 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45113 \begin_layout Description
45115 \begin_inset space ~
45118 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45119 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45120 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45121 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45124 \begin_layout Subsection
45128 \begin_layout Standard
45129 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45130 \begin_inset space ~
45134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45136 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45143 \begin_layout Section
45147 \begin_layout Subsection
45149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45156 \begin_inset Index idx
45159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45166 \begin_inset Index idx
45169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45178 \begin_layout Description
45180 \begin_inset space ~
45183 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
45184 The name will be used when the
45189 \begin_inset Newline newline
45193 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45201 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
45209 \begin_layout Description
45211 \begin_inset space ~
45215 \begin_inset space ~
45219 \begin_inset space ~
45222 printer This option works only for the
45227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45239 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45240 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45243 \begin_layout Description
45245 \begin_inset space ~
45248 command is the command LyX
45249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45256 LaTeX uses for printing.
45257 The default is on most systems
45264 \begin_layout Description
45266 \begin_inset space ~
45270 \begin_inset space ~
45273 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45274 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45275 of the program that provides the
45282 \begin_layout Subsection
45284 \begin_inset Index idx
45287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45294 \begin_inset Index idx
45297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45298 Settings ! Date format
45306 \begin_layout Standard
45307 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45308 \begin_inset Newline newline
45312 \begin_inset Flex URL
45315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45317 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45323 \begin_inset Newline newline
45326 For example the format
45327 \begin_inset Newline newline
45331 \begin_inset Newline newline
45334 prints the date as day/month/year.
45337 \begin_layout Subsection
45341 \begin_layout Description
45343 \begin_inset space ~
45347 \begin_inset space ~
45350 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45353 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45354 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45356 \begin_inset space ~
45362 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45366 \begin_layout Description
45368 \begin_inset space ~
45371 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45376 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45377 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45380 \begin_layout Subsection
45385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45395 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
45400 \begin_inset Index idx
45403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45412 \begin_layout Description
45414 \begin_inset space ~
45421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45429 \begin_inset space ~
45433 \begin_inset space ~
45436 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
45441 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
45463 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
45464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45476 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
45477 LyX sets up in the background.
45478 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
45481 \begin_layout Description
45483 \begin_inset space ~
45487 \begin_inset space ~
45490 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
45495 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
45498 \begin_layout Standard
45499 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
45500 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
45501 manuals of the applications.
45502 Currently the following commands can be set:
45505 \begin_layout Description
45510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45518 \begin_inset space ~
45521 command Command for the program
45525 that is described in the section
45531 Additional Features
45536 \begin_layout Description
45541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45549 \begin_inset space ~
45552 command Command for the program
45556 that generates the bibliography, see section
45557 \begin_inset space ~
45561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45563 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45570 \begin_layout Description
45572 \begin_inset space ~
45575 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45576 \begin_inset space ~
45580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45582 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45589 \begin_layout Description
45591 \begin_inset space ~
45594 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45595 \begin_inset space ~
45599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45601 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45608 \begin_layout Description
45610 \begin_inset space ~
45614 \begin_inset space ~
45618 \begin_inset space ~
45622 \begin_inset space ~
45625 options They only have an effect when the program
45629 is used as DVI-viewer.
45632 \begin_layout Standard
45633 There are additionally the following options:
45636 \begin_layout Description
45638 \begin_inset space ~
45642 \begin_inset space ~
45646 \begin_inset space ~
45650 \begin_inset space ~
45654 \begin_inset space ~
45657 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45675 to separate folders.
45676 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45677 \begin_inset Index idx
45680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45687 \begin_inset Index idx
45690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45699 \begin_layout Description
45701 \begin_inset space ~
45705 \begin_inset space ~
45709 \begin_inset space ~
45713 \begin_inset space ~
45717 \begin_inset space ~
45721 \begin_inset space ~
45724 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
45726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45729 dialog when changing the document class.
45732 \begin_layout Section
45734 \begin_inset space ~
45738 \begin_inset Index idx
45741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45750 \begin_layout Subsection
45752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45754 name "sub:Converters"
45759 \begin_inset Index idx
45762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45771 \begin_layout Standard
45772 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
45773 from one format to another.
45774 You can modify them or create new ones.
45775 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
45782 \begin_inset space ~
45792 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45796 \begin_inset space ~
45801 drop-down list, modify the
45805 field, and press the
45812 \begin_layout Standard
45815 Converter File Cache
45817 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45820 Maximum Age (in days
45823 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45824 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45827 \begin_layout Standard
45828 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45829 the converter definition, is described in the section
45840 \begin_layout Subsection
45842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45844 name "sec:File-Formats"
45849 \begin_inset Index idx
45852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45859 \begin_inset Index idx
45862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45871 \begin_layout Standard
45872 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45873 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45875 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490494
45879 \begin_layout Standard
45881 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490573
45882 Furthermore, you can define the
45883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45886 Default output format
45887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45890 that is used when you hit
45891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45910 View Master Document
45911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45918 Update Master Document
45919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45922 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45927 \begin_layout Standard
45928 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45929 is described in the section
45940 \begin_layout Standard
45941 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45942 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45943 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45944 This is done by specifying a
45949 More about this is described in the section
45960 \begin_layout Chapter
45961 Units available in LyX
45962 \begin_inset Index idx
45965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45974 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45981 \begin_layout Standard
45982 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45985 reference "cap:Units"
45989 explains all units available in LyX.
45992 \begin_layout Standard
45993 \begin_inset Float table
45999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46000 \begin_inset Caption
46002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46018 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46026 \begin_inset Tabular
46027 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46028 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46181 scaled point (65536
46182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46242 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46297 % of original image width
46304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46511 \begin_layout Chapter
46513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46522 \begin_layout Standard
46523 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46524 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46527 \begin_layout Itemize
46530 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46533 \begin_layout Itemize
46539 \begin_layout Itemize
46545 \begin_layout Itemize
46551 \begin_layout Itemize
46557 \begin_layout Itemize
46563 \begin_layout Itemize
46569 \begin_layout Itemize
46575 \begin_layout Itemize
46578 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46581 \begin_layout Itemize
46587 \begin_layout Itemize
46593 \begin_layout Itemize
46599 \begin_layout Itemize
46605 \begin_layout Itemize
46611 \begin_layout Itemize
46617 \begin_layout Itemize
46623 \begin_layout Itemize
46629 \begin_layout Itemize
46631 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46640 \begin_layout Standard
46641 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46644 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46651 \begin_layout Bibliography
46652 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46653 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46654 LatexCommand bibitem
46661 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46664 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46669 \begin_inset Newline newline
46673 \begin_inset Flex URL
46676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46678 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46686 \begin_layout Bibliography
46687 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46688 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46689 LatexCommand bibitem
46690 key "latexcompanion"
46694 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46696 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46699 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46702 \begin_layout Bibliography
46703 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46704 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46705 LatexCommand bibitem
46710 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46713 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46716 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46719 \begin_layout Bibliography
46720 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46721 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46722 LatexCommand bibitem
46729 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
46732 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
46735 \begin_layout Bibliography
46736 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46737 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46738 LatexCommand bibitem
46750 Addison-Wesley, 1984
46753 \begin_layout Bibliography
46754 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46755 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46756 LatexCommand bibitem
46762 \begin_inset Newline newline
46766 \begin_inset Flex URL
46769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46771 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
46779 \begin_layout Bibliography
46780 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46781 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46782 LatexCommand bibitem
46788 \begin_inset Newline newline
46792 \begin_inset Flex URL
46795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46797 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46805 \begin_layout Bibliography
46806 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46807 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46808 LatexCommand bibitem
46814 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46816 name "Documentation"
46817 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46826 \begin_inset Newline newline
46830 \begin_inset Flex URL
46833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46835 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46843 \begin_layout Bibliography
46844 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46845 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46846 LatexCommand bibitem
46852 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46854 name "Documentation"
46855 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46859 how to use the program
46864 \begin_inset Newline newline
46868 \begin_inset Flex URL
46871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46873 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46881 \begin_layout Bibliography
46882 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46883 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46884 LatexCommand bibitem
46890 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46892 name "Documentation"
46893 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46902 \begin_inset Newline newline
46906 \begin_inset Flex URL
46909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46911 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46919 \begin_layout Bibliography
46920 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46921 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46922 LatexCommand bibitem
46928 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46930 name "Documentation"
46931 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46940 \begin_inset Newline newline
46944 \begin_inset Flex URL
46947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46949 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46957 \begin_layout Bibliography
46958 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46959 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46960 LatexCommand bibitem
46966 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46968 name "Documentation"
46969 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46973 of the LaTeX-package
46978 \begin_inset Index idx
46981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46982 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46988 \begin_inset Newline newline
46992 \begin_inset Flex URL
46995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46997 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47005 \begin_layout Bibliography
47006 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47007 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47008 LatexCommand bibitem
47014 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47016 name "Documentation"
47017 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47021 of the LaTeX-package
47026 \begin_inset Index idx
47029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47030 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47036 \begin_inset Newline newline
47040 \begin_inset Flex URL
47043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47045 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47053 \begin_layout Bibliography
47054 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47055 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47056 LatexCommand bibitem
47064 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47066 name "Documentation"
47067 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47073 of the LaTeX-package
47078 \begin_inset Index idx
47081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47082 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47088 \begin_inset Newline newline
47092 \begin_inset Flex URL
47095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47097 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47105 \begin_layout Bibliography
47106 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47107 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47108 LatexCommand bibitem
47114 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47116 name "Documentation"
47117 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47121 of the LaTeX-package
47126 \begin_inset Index idx
47129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47130 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47136 \begin_inset Newline newline
47140 \begin_inset Flex URL
47143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47145 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47153 \begin_layout Bibliography
47154 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47155 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47156 LatexCommand bibitem
47162 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47164 name "Documentation"
47165 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
47169 of the LaTeX-package
47174 \begin_inset Index idx
47177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47178 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
47184 \begin_inset Newline newline
47188 \begin_inset Flex URL
47191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47193 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
47201 \begin_layout Bibliography
47202 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47203 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47204 LatexCommand bibitem
47210 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47212 name "Documentation"
47213 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
47217 of the LaTeX-package
47222 \begin_inset Index idx
47225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47226 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
47232 \begin_inset Newline newline
47236 \begin_inset Flex URL
47239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47241 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
47249 \begin_layout Bibliography
47250 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47251 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47252 LatexCommand bibitem
47258 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47261 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47265 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
47266 \begin_inset Newline newline
47270 \begin_inset Flex URL
47273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47275 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47283 \begin_layout Bibliography
47284 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47285 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47286 LatexCommand bibitem
47292 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47295 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47299 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47300 \begin_inset Newline newline
47304 \begin_inset Flex URL
47307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47309 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
47317 \begin_layout Bibliography
47318 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47319 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47320 LatexCommand bibitem
47326 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47329 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
47333 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
47334 \begin_inset Newline newline
47338 \begin_inset Flex URL
47341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47343 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
47351 \begin_layout Bibliography
47352 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47353 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47354 LatexCommand bibitem
47360 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47363 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
47367 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
47368 \begin_inset Newline newline
47372 \begin_inset Flex URL
47375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47377 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
47385 \begin_layout Bibliography
47386 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47387 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47388 LatexCommand bibitem
47394 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47397 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
47401 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
47402 \begin_inset Newline newline
47406 \begin_inset Flex URL
47409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47411 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
47419 \begin_layout Bibliography
47420 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47421 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47422 LatexCommand bibitem
47428 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47431 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
47435 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
47436 \begin_inset Newline newline
47440 \begin_inset Flex URL
47443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47445 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
47453 \begin_layout Bibliography
47454 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47455 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47456 LatexCommand bibitem
47462 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47465 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
47469 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
47470 \begin_inset Newline newline
47474 \begin_inset Flex URL
47477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47479 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
47487 \begin_layout Bibliography
47488 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47489 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47490 LatexCommand bibitem
47496 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47499 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
47503 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
47504 \begin_inset Newline newline
47508 \begin_inset Flex URL
47511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47513 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47521 \begin_layout Bibliography
47522 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47523 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47524 LatexCommand bibitem
47530 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47533 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47537 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47538 \begin_inset Newline newline
47542 \begin_inset Flex URL
47545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47547 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47555 \begin_layout Bibliography
47556 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47557 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47558 LatexCommand bibitem
47564 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47567 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47571 about new features in
47576 \begin_inset Newline newline
47580 \begin_inset Flex URL
47583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47585 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47593 \begin_layout Standard
47594 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47628 \begin_inset Note Note
47631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47638 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47639 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47640 bibliography is the second one:
47648 \begin_layout Standard
47649 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47650 LatexCommand bibtex
47651 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47652 options "biblio/alphadin"
47659 \begin_layout Standard
47660 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47663 \begin_layout Standard
47664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47665 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47671 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47672 LatexCommand printindex